CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network

Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN
MULTIPLE CHOICE : (2PL1)

1. A journal bearing with diameter of 76.2 mm is subjected to a load of 4900 N while rotating at 200 rpm. If its
coefficient of friction is 0.02 and the L/D = 2.5, find its projected area square mm.
a. 12,090 b. 14,165 c. 13,050 d. 14,516

2. The shaft whose torque varies from 2000 to 6000 lb-inch has 1.5 in. in diameter and 60,000 PSI yield
strength. Compute for the shaft mean average stress in PSI.
a. 5162 b. 5550 c. 6036 d. 6810

3. The diameter of a brass rod is 6 mm. What force will stretch it by 0.2% of its length ?
a. 5060 N b. 5090 N c. 9050 N d. 6050 N

4. The work cylinder of a hydraulic system is acted by a hydraulic pressure of 370 PSI while the maximum load
of the piston is 5500 pounds. If the allowable tensile stress is 2000 PSI, compute the required wall thickness in
mm.
a. 11.37 b. 8.37 c. 5.37 d. 14.37
5. What power would a spindle 55 mm in diameter transmit at 480 rpm? The stress allowed for short shaft is 59
MPa.
a. 39.21 KW b. 42.12 KW c. 50.61 KW d. 96.8 KW

6. Compute the line shaft diameter in mm to transmit 12 Hp at 180 rpm with torsional deflection of 0.08 degree
per foot length.
a. 60 mm b. 70 mm c. 80 mm d. 90 mm

7. A 2 inches solid shaft is driven by a 36 inches gear and transmits power at 120 rpm. If the allowable shearing
stress is 12 KSI, what horsepower can be transmitted ?
a. 28.89 b. 31.89 c. 35.89 d. 39.89

8. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of 1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of one foot. If the weight
of the rim is 30 lbs, what is the centrifugal force in KN ?
a. 65.45 b. 85.45 c. 95.45 d. 105.45
9. Compute the working strength of a one inch bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint when the
allowable working stress is 13,000 PSI.
a. 3,500 lb b. 3,600 lb c. 3,800 lb d. 3,900 lb

10. As recommended, the center distance between sprockets should not be less than _______ times the bigger
sprocket.
a. 2.26 b. 1.75 c. 1.5 d. 2.56

11. Find the tooth thickness on the tooth circle of a 20 degree full depth involute tooth having a diametral pitch
of 3, circular pitch of 1.0472 and whole depth of tooth at 0.60.
a. 10.7 mm b. 10.1 mm c. 13.2 mm d. 7.9 mm

12. A property of material which relates the lateral strain to the longitudinal strain;
a. stress b. strain c. modulus of elasticity d. Poisson’s Ratio

13. The product of the resultant of all forces acting on a body and the time that the resultant acts ;
a. angular impulse b. angular momentum c. linear impulse d. linear momentum

14. All are associated with the grade of steel except ;

a. SAE 43XX b. SAE 13XX c. SAE 10XX d. SAE 74XX

15. The property that characterizes a material ability to be drawn into a wire ;
a. ductility b. endurance limit c. thermal conductivity d. tensile strength

16. The permanent change in shape of a body as a result of an applied load is called
a. creep deformation c. elastic deformation
b. plastic deformation d. slip deformation

17. The sliding displacement of one part of a crystal relative to another caused by the movement
of dislocations along slip planes is called
a. twinning c. creep
b. whiskers d. slip

18. Plastic deformation within a material that occurs as a function of time when that material
is subjected to constant load.
a. creep c. twinning
b. dislocation d. slip planes

19. The measure of fatigue strength applied to metals not showing a definite fatigue limit.
a. elastic limit c. proportional limit
b. endurance limit d. yield strength

20. The maximum stress that a material can endure without taking a permanent set.
a. endurance limit b. elastic limit
c. proportional limit d. yield strength

21. The total percentage strain occurring in tensile test specimen tested to failure.
a. proportional limit c. elasticity
b. percentage elongation d. percentage reduction in area
22. The ratio existing between the lateral and longitudinal strains produced in a body subjected
to a simple uniaxial stress within the elastic limit.
a. modulus of elasticity c. modulus of resilience
b. Poisson’s ratio d. modulus of stiffness

23. The change in shape of a body due to an applied load which is fully recoverable when the
load is removed.
a. creep deformation c. plastic deformation
b. twin deformation d. elastic deformation

24. Linear imperfections in a crystal which move during plastic deformation.

a. twinning c. slip
b. creep d. dislocations

25. The ratio between total deformation in one direction and the length of the specimen as
measured in that direction.
a. stress c. Poisson’s ratio
b. strain d. modulus of elasticity
26. The maximum value of engineering stress that a tensile test specimen can withstand during
the duration of a tensile test.
a. yield strength c. proportional strength
b. fatigue strength d. ultimate tensile strength

27. The maximum stress that a material can withstand without deviating from straight line
proportionality between stress and strain.
a. fatigue strength c. elastic limit
b. endurance limit d. proportional limit

28. The ability of a material to undergo permanent deformation without rupture occurring.
a. elasticity c. plasticity
b. ductility d. malleability

29. The ability of a material to resist deformation under load.

a. brittleness c. toughness
b. stiffness d. elasticity

30. The ability of a material to be plastically deformed by predominantly tensile stresses. For
example, as in wire drawing.
a. elasticity c. plasticity
b. ductility d. malleability
40. As recommended, the center distance between sprockets should not be less than _______ times the bigger
sprocket.
a. 2.26 b. 1.75 c. 1.5 d. 2.56

42. A property of material which relates the lateral strain to the longitudinal strain;
a. stress b. strain c. modulus of elasticity d. Poisson’s Ratio

43. The product of the resultant of all forces acting on a body and the time that the resultant acts ;
a. angular impulse b. angular momentum c. linear impulse d. linear momentum

44. All are associated with the grade of steel except ;

a. SAE 43XX b. SAE 13XX c. SAE 10XX d. SAE 74XX

45. The property that characterizes a material ability to be drawn into a wire ;
a. ductility b. endurance limit c. thermal conductivity d. tensile strength

46. The diameter of a circle coinciding with the top of the teeth of an internal gear :
a. diametral pitch c. pitch diameter
b. mean diameter d. internal diameter

47. Used to produced a variety of surfaces using a circular type of cutter with multiple teeth :
 a. lathe machine c. milling machine
b. shaper d. drilling machine

48. A welding operation in which a non ferrous filler metal melts at a temperature below that of a metal
joined but is heated above 1500C :
a. oxy-acetylene welding c. electric arc welding
b. brazing d. resistance welding

49. The depth of tooth space below the pitch circle :

a. whole depth c. dedendum
b. working depth d. addendum
50. Joining metals by means of high current at low voltage and during the passage of current, pressure by
the
electrodes produces a force of weld :
a. soldering c. brazing
b. electric arc welding d. resistance welding
51. The uniting of two pieces of metal by means of a different metal which is applied between the two in
molten state :
a. brazing c. soldering
b. resistance welding d. electric arc welding
52. A fusion process in which the metal is heated to a state of fusion permitting it to flow into a solid joint:
a. electric arc welding c. oxy-acetylene welding
b. resistance welding d. brazing
53. The moment of inertia of a rectangle whose base is B, and the height H is about its base is equal to :
a. BH3 / 12 c. BH3 / 3
b. BH3 / 4 d. BH3 / 36
54. The tooth thickness of a spur gear is equal to 1.5708/Pd ; where Pd is the diametral pitch. Find the tooth
thickness if the circular pitch is 1.570 inches.
a. 1 in. c. 0.6283 in.
b. 0.7854in. d. 0.3927 in.

55. The pitch radius of a module 5, 20-tooth spur gear is :

a. 55 mm c. 46 mm
b. 50 mm d. 60
mm
56. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14cm and wall thickness of 0.80 cm transmit 200 KW at 400
rpm. What will be the angular deflection of the shaft in degrees if the length is 5 meters ? Modulus
of rigidity is 12,000,000 PSI.
a. 0.85 c. 1.94
b. 1.14 d. 2.44

57. A transmission system has two spur gears in mesh having a speed ratio of 5:2 . The number of teeth of the
pinion is 20 and the diametral pitch is 3. Determine the distance between the centers of the gears.
a. 11.67 in. c. 10 in.
b. 23.33 in. d.9.78 in.
 58. A cylindrical tank has an inside diameter of 6 meters and is subjected to an internal pressure of 120 KPa.
Determine the wall thickness of the tank if the allowable tangential stress is 40 MPa.
a. 9 mm c. 8 mm
b. 10 mm d. 12mm

59. Cold working materials :

a. does not change the fatigue strength c. increases the fatigue strength
b. decreases the fatigue strength d. none of these
60. In a standard coarse thread bolt, the stress concentration I maximum at :
a. flank c. top surface
b. root d. all over the area

61. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium)
offers the unique combination of wide raging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a. Tungsten b. Titanium c. Vanadium d. Molybdenum

62. Which of the following is the lightest structural metals?

a. Aluminum b. Copper c. Magnesium d. Manganese

63. This process reduces internal stresses, caused by machining, cold working, or welding, by heating the steel
to a temperature below the critical range and holding it these long enough to equalize the temperature
throughout the piece.
a. Annealing b. Normalizing c. Tempering d. Stress Relieving

64. A free cutting steel has a higher _______content than comparable carbon steel.
a. Sulfur b. Cobalt c. Nickle d. Chromium

65. This property designates the steels resistance to the softening effect of elevated temperature.
a. Hot hardness b. Machinability c. Toughness d. Elasticity

66. Use of hard solders, silver solders and smelter solders which have silver, copper, or nickle bases and have
melting points above 800 degrees F is known as ________.
a. Soldering b. Welding c. Brazing d. Any of these

67. In braking. The term backstop refers to a brake that is:

a.Self locking in one direction b. Self energizing
c. Self locking in both direction d. Any of these

68. How do you call a fixed crane consting of a supported vertical member from which extends horizontal
swinging arm carrying a trolley hoist or other hoisting mechanism.
A. Jib crane b. Gantry crane c. Overhaead crane d. Tower crane

69. This iron is also known as a ductile cast iron. How do you call this iron?
a. Malleable iron b. Nodular cast iron c. White cast iron d. Gray cast iron

70. It is the ability to deform plastically to compensate for irregularities in bearing assembly. How do you call
this?
a. Plasticity b. Conformability c. Embeddability d. Elaticity

71. Newton’s Law of motion that describes that if a force acts to change the state of motion of the body, the
body offers a resistance equal and directly opposite to the force.
a. Second law b. Third law c. First law d. Universal gravitation
72. These are steels most widely used of engineering materials. No other material offers comparable versatility
for product design.
a. Wrought steels b. Low carbon steels c. Midium carbon steels d. Tool steels

73. Which of the following steels does not respond to heat treatment?
a. SAE 1045 b. AISI 6150 c. SAE 1020 d. SAE 1095

74. What is the element added to steel to improve its machinability?

a. Carbon b. Sulfur c. Cobalt d. Chromium

75. Which of the following information is FALSE regarding steel that has increased carbon content?
a. Its strength is increased b. Its BHN become greater
c. Its ductility is improved c. Its % reduction or elongation is reduced

76. Compute the pitch angle of a bevel gear given the pinion’s number of teeth of 14 and 42 teeth on the gear.
a. 18.4º b. 28.4º c. 33.4º d. 38.4º

77. Compute the tooth thickness of 14½ spur gear with diameter pitch = 5.
a. 0.3979 b. 3.1831 c. 0.03141 d. 0.31416

78. What is the difference between a shaper and a planer?

a. the tool of the shaper moves while on the planer is stationary.
b. the shaper can perform slotting operation while the planer can not.
c. the shaper handles large oieces while the planer handle only small pieces.
d. the tool of the shaper moves in reciprocating motion while the tool in the planer moves in rotary
motion.
79. If the weight of the 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 shafting is 174.5 kg, then what will be the weight of
chromium SAE 51416 of the same size?
a. 305.5 lbs b. 426.5 lbs. c. 384.7 lbs. d. 465.1
lbs

80. A flywheel rotates at 120 rpm or 12.57 rad/sec slowed down to 102 rpm or 10.68 rad/sec during the
punching operation that requires ¾ second of the portion of the cycle. Compute the angular acceleration of the
flywheel in rad/sec².
a. 2.52 rad/sec² b. 3.15 rad/sec² c. 2.75 rad/sec² d. 2.22
rad/sec²

81. Determine the estimated weight of an A 36 steel plate size 3/16” x 6’ x 20’.
a. 919 lbs b. 1012 lbs c. 829 lbs d. 735 lbs

82. The minimum clearance allowed for meshing spur gears with a circular pitch of 0.1571 and diametral pitch
of 20. The spur gear has 25 teeth.
a. 0.007855 b. 0. 008578 c. 0.007558 d. 0.007585

83. A 3” dia. Shorrt shaft carrying two pulleys close to the bearings transmit how much horsepower if the shaft
makes 280 rpm?
a. 199 Hp b. 198 Hp c. 200 Hp d. 210
Hp
84. A truck skids to stop 60 m after the application of the brakes while travelling at 90 KPH. What is the
acceleration in m/sec²?
a. -5.21 m/sec² b. 6.36 m/sec² c. -7.06 m/sec² d. 5.76 m/sec²

85. The tooth thickness of the gear is 0.5 in. And its circular pitch is 1 in. Calculate the dedendum of the gear.
a. 0.3183 b.1.250 c. 0.3979 d. 0.1114

86.What modulus of elasticity in tension required to obtain a unit deformation of 0.00105 m from a load
producing a unit tensile stress of 44,000 psi?
a. 42.300 x 106 psi b. 41.202 x 106 psi c. 43.101 x 106 psi d. 41.905 x 106 psi

87. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a. 42,056 b. 52,480 c. 55,016 d. 44,031

88. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. Find the diameter of the rod
assuming a factor of safety of 5 and ultimate stress of 64,000 psi.
a. 0.705 in. b. 0.891 in. c. 0.809 in. d. 0.773 in.

89. Choose the economical type of matterial for gears that give/sustain good operating quality/life for intended
operation.
a. plane carbon steel b. High alloy steel c. All of these d. Heat treated carbon steel

90. In a uniformly loaded simple beam, the maximum vertical shearing force occurs
a. at the center
b. at the section of maximum moment
c. At beam bottom fiber
d. at either end support
91. In gearing, this is the ratio of the arc of action to the circular pitch.
a) Speed ratio b) Arc ratio c) Contact ratio d) Gear ratio

92. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm
and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If
the collar mean diameter is 90 mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

93. Flywheel arms are usually of elliptical cross-section, the strength of the arms should equal _________the
strength of the shaft in torsion.
a) Three-fourths b) One-half c) Two-thirds d) One-fourth
94. This alloy (nickel, iron, chromium, cobalt is a non-magnetic, corrosion resistant material suitable for sub-
zero temperatures and temperatures up to about 750 degrees F., provided that torsional stresses are kept
below 75,000 pounds per square inch. It is precipitation-hardened to produce hardnesses of 48 to 50
Rockwell C and is used in watch and instrument springs.
a) Elinvar b) Monel c) Inconel d) Dynavar

95. To ensure an adequate factor of safety in the design of a shaft with standard keyway, the key width should
be about:
a) One half of the shaft diameter b) One fourth of the shaft diameter
c) One eighth of the shaft diameter d) One third of the shaft diameter

96. What is the property of matter that causes it to resist any change in its motion or state of rest?
a) Momentum b) Kinetic Energy c) Inertia d) Section modulus

97. A stepped torsion shaft has diameters of 16 mm and 12 mm and a fillet radius of 2 mm. The shaft is
subjected to a torque of 12.5 N-m. Find the maximum induced stress caused by the fillet. Consider a
stress concentration factor of 1.25.
a) 36.84 MPaa b) 46.05 MPa c) 38.64 MPa d) 45.06 MPa

98. A steam engine that has a stroke of 12 inches has an overhung crank of 11 inches. The maximum
tangential force, P, on the crank may be assumed as 75000 lb. Assuming an allowable stress in shear as
4400 psi, determine the crankshaft diameter.
a) 4.77 inches b) 3.77 inches c) 2.77 inches d) 1.77 inches

99. The principal raw materials used in steelmaking are iron ore, coal, and __________.
a) Coke b) Limestone c) Slag d) Flux

100. The steel part is heated to a temperature of 900–1150 degrees F in an atmosphere of ammonia
gas and dissociated ammonia for an extended period of time that depends on the case depth desired.
a) Nitriding b) Carburizing c) Case hardening d) Cyaniding

Answer: a) Nitriding
3P2Qkey

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN
MULTIPLE CHOICE :

1. Which one is different from the remaining ?

a. cyaniding b. nitriding c. flame hardening d. electroplating
2. The maximum hardenability of any steel depends on
a. the carbon content c. the grain size
b. the chemical composition d. the alloying elements presents
3. The most important element that controls the physical properties of steel is
a. silicon b. manganese c. tungsten d. carbon
4. Which has the highest specific gravity ?
a. brass b. aluminum c. bronze d. lead
5. When shear force is zero along a section , the bending moment at that section will be
a. Zero c. maximum
b. Minimum d. minimum or maximum
6. The intensity of stress that causes unit strain is known as
a. Unit stress c. modulus of rigidity
b. Bulk modulus d. modulus of elasticity
7. A column is called short column when
a. The length is more than 30 times the diameter c. The length is less than 8 times the diameter
b. The slenderness ratio is more than 120 d. The slenderness ratio is more than 32

8. The total strain energy stored in a body is called

a. Resilience c. toughness
b. Modulus of resilience d. impact energy
9. A material that is capable of absorbing a large quantity of energy before fracture is called
a. Ductility c. resilience
b. Toughness d. shock proof
10. Coaxing increases the
a. Strength by reversible cycling c. hardness by surface treatment
b. Corrosion resistance by spraying d. fatigue resistance by over-stressing the metal by
successively increasing the loadings
11. In laminated spring, the strips are provided in different lengths for
a. Economy c. improved appearance
b. Reduction of weight d. equal distribution of stress
12. Hoop stress refers to
a. Circumferential stress c. radial stress
b. Compressive stress d. longitudinal stress
13. Modulus of rigidity can be defined as the ratio of
a. Linear stress to longitudinal strain c. shear stress to shear strain
b. Stress to volumetric strain d. stress to strain
14. The amount by which the whole depth exceeds the working depth in spur gearing is equal to :
a. backlash c. fillet radius
b. clearance d. dedendum
15. In the design of pulley, key and shaft
a. All three are design for same strength c. pulley is made weaker
b. Key is made weaker link d. shaft is made weaker
16. The radial pressure and hoop tension for a thick cylinder is
a. Maximum at inner surface and decreases towards outer surface
b. Minimum at inner surface and increases towards outer surface
c. Minimum at inner and outer surfaces and maximum in the middle
d. Maximum at inner and outer surfaces and minimum in the middle
17. When shear force is zero along a section , the bending moment at that section will be
a. Zero c. maximum
b. Minimum d. minimum or maximum
18. The intensity of stress that causes unit strain is known as
a. Unit stress c. modulus of rigidity
b. Bulk modulus d. modulus of elasticity
19. A material that is capable of absorbing a large quantity of energy before fracture is called
a. Ductility c. resilience
b. Toughness d. shock proof
20. Modulus of rigidity can be defined as the ratio of
a. Linear stress to longitudinal strain c. shear stress to shear strain
b. Stress to volumetric strain d. stress to strain

21. In the design of pulley, key and shaft

a. All three are design for same strength c. pulley is made weaker
b. Key is made weaker link d. shaft is made weaker
22. This radial distance in a gear is measured between the addendum and dedendum circle, and is the sum of the addendum and the dedendum? How
do you call this distance?
a. Addendum b. Whole depth c. Working depth d. Space width
23. A hollow shaft is subjected to a torque of 1.8 KN-m at a shearing stress of 50 MPa. If the outside diameter of the shaft is 60 mm, determine the
inner diameter in millimeters.
a. 47.4 b. 37.4 c. 57.4 d. 67.4
Solution:
3P2Qkey

¼
=37.4mm

24. Two circular shafts, one hollow and one solid, are made of the same material and have diameters but the inside diameter of the hollow shaft is ½
of its outside diameter. Find the ratio of the torque capacity of the hollow shaft to the solid shaft.
a. 0.9375 0.759 c. 1.319 d. 2.37

Solution:

25. Two solid shafts of identical diameters transmitting 35 KW at 600 rpm are connected by a flange coupling having six bolts with a 100 mm bolt
circle diameter. The design shearing stress of the shafts and bolts is 12 MPa and the compressive stress of the flange is 15 MPa. How thick should
the flange be in mm ?
a. 16.82 b. 12.82 c. 10.82 d. 8.82

Solution:

14.036mm

26. Two solid shafts 152 mm in diameter are coupled by bolts 32 mm in diameter with centers 127 mm from the axis of rotation. If the shafts and
bolts are of the same material, how many bolts are necessary ?
a. 10 b. 8 c. 9 d. 7

Solution:

For Shaft, Ssd = 0.6Ss = , Ss =

For Flange, Ss =

27. A shaft is subjected to a twisting moment of 3.6 KN-m. The shaft is steel having 83 GPa modulus of rigidity. Determine the torsional stress in
MPa of a 76 mm circular hollow shaft if the ratio of the inside diameter to outside diameter is 0.75.
a. 41 b. 51 c. 61 d. 71

Solution:

Ss =

28. A flange coupling consist of eight 12 mm diameter steel bolts on a 300 mm bolt circle diameter and four 12 mm diameter steel bolts on a
concentric bolt circle 200 mm in diameter. If the shearing stress on the bolts is 72 MPa, determine the maximum power in KW it can transmit at
1200 rpm.
a. 1200 b. 1300 c. 1400 d. 1500

Solution:

T = T1 + T2 T1 =F1r1Nt1 T2 = F2r2Nt2
3P2Qkey

F2 =

F2 =0.667F1 F1 = SA1 =

F2 = 0.667(8 143.01) = 5431.386N

T = 8143.01

29. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected to a shaft with a power of 100 KW at a speed of 1000 rpm. The width of the key is one-
fourth that of the shaft diameter. If the shearing stress of the shaft and the key are 30 MPa and 24 MPa respectively, what is the length of the key in
mm ?
a. 107 b. 117 c. 127 d. 97
Solution:

30. A Feroza jeep’s engine develops 50 KW at 1200 rpm with a single plate clutch with two pairs of friction surfaces transmitting the power.
Consider the coefficient of friction and the mean diameter to be 0.30 and 250mm, respectively. Determine the axial force required to engage the
clutch and transmit the power.
a. 4306.67 N b. 3306.67 N c. 5306.67 N d. 6306.67 N

Solution:

31. A multidisc clutch transmit 20 KW at 500 rpm. It has 17 disks, 8 disks mounted on one shaft and 9 disks on the other shaft. The disks are 140
mm outside diameter and 64 mm inside diameter. If the coefficient of friction is 0.20, calculate the axial force required to engage the clutch and
transmit the torque.
a. 2137.16 N b. 2237.16 N c. 2337.16 N d. 2437.16 N
Solution:

rf =

382 x 10³ = (17-1)(020)Fa(53.36) Fa = 2 237.16 N

32. A simple disk clutch has an outside and inside diameters of 250 mm and 100 mm respectively. The axial force is 1200 N. If the coefficient of
friction is 0.30, find the torque capacity in Newton-meter based on uniform pressure.
a. 33.4 b. 44.4 c. 55.5 d. 66.6
Solution:

33. A disk clutch has 6 pairs of contact surfaces. The frictional radius is 2 inches and the coefficient of friction is 0.30. An axial force of 100 lb
acts on the clutch. The shaft speed is 400 rpm. How many horsepower can the clutch transmit ?
a. 5.28 b. 2.28 c. 7.28 d. 3.28
3P2Qkey

Solution:

34. An Isuzu Cross Wind engine develops 100 KW at 1200 rpm with a multidisc clutch. It has 13 disk with 250 mm mean diameter and the
coefficient of friction is 0.30. Assume uniform wear clutch and a maximum pressure of 300 KPa. Determine the outside diameter of the clutch in
mm.
a. 207.5 b. 307.5 c. 257.5 d. 287.5

Solution:

35. A cone clutch has a face angle of 12 degrees with a minimum diameter of 14 inches. The coefficient of friction is 0.20 and the permissible
pressure is 12 PSI. Determine the minimum face width for a 100 hp engine running at 800 rpm.
a. 9.357 inches b. 11.357 inches c. 13.357 inches d. 7.357 inches

36. A cone clutch has an angle of 100 and a face width of 4.5 inches. The coefficient of friction is 0.20. What is the axial force required if the
capacity of the clutch is 100 hp at 500 rpm ?Outside diameter of the cone is 14 inches.
a. 1455.22 lb b. 1655.22 lb c. 1855.22 lb d. 1255.22 lb

Solution:

=(4.5)

37. An engine developing 40 hp at 1250 rpm is fitted with a cone clutch. The cone has a face angle of 12.5 degrees and a maximum diameter of 16
inches. The coefficient of friction is 0.20. If the face width is five inches, determine the permissible pressure on the cone clutch in PSI.
a. 6.2 b. 8.2 c. 10.2 d. 12.2

Solution:
3P2Qkey

38. A brake drum 900 mm in diameter rotating at 360 rpm is fitted with two cast iron brake shoes each subtending an arc of 130 0 on the brake
drum. If the total torque is 5.65 KN-m and the allowable pressure is 450 KPa, determine the width of the brake shoes required in mm. Let the
coefficient of friction to be 0.20.
a. 65.5 b. 75.5 c. 85.5 d. 95.5

39. A block brake is installed on a drum 800 mm in diameter rotating at 360 rpm. The angle of contact is 45 degrees on each of the four brake
shoes. The coefficient of friction is 0.25 and the width of the brake shoe is 80 mm. If the uniform pressure is 5.1 kg per square centimeter,
determine the power absorbed by the block brake in KW.
a. 159.5 b. 169.5 c. 179.5 d. 189.5
40. A flywheel weighing 910 kg has a radius of gyration of 1524 mm. The shaft journals are 304.8 mm in diameter and have a coefficient of
friction of 0.06. After the wheel reaches 120 rpm, the driving force is withdrawn and the wheel slows to 60 rpm. How much energy does the wheel
loss in joules ?
a. 125,159 b. 135,169 c. 145,296 d. 115,196

Solution:

41. What is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit and the corresponding basic size?
a. Fundamental deviation b.Upper deviation c. Lower deviation d. Tolerance

42. This is either the upper or the lower deviation, depending on which is closer to the basic size. How do you call this?
a. Fundamental deviation b. Upper deviation c. Lower deviation d. Tolerance

43. What is a load distributed over the entire area?

a. Bending load b. Combined load c. Distributed load d. Cyclic load

44. It requires 152 kg-m of energy for a shearing machine to shear a steel sheet. The normal speed of the shearing machine is 3.33 m/s and it slow
down to 3 m/s during the shearing process. The flywheel of the machine has a mean diameter of 76.20 cm and weighs 7750 kg per cubic meter. The
width of the rim is 40.48 cm. If the hub and arms of the flywheel accounts to 15% of its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in cm.
a. 16.15 b. 18.15 c. 20.15 d. 14.15

45. It is a measure of the change in length of a material subjected to a change in temperature. How do you call this property of
material?
a. Toughness b. Coefficient of thermal expansion c. Thermal conductivity c. Electric resistivity
46. What is the condition where one surface is comparatively free of stress?

a. Octahedral plane b. Biaxial or Plane stress c. Strain plane d. Principal normal stress
47. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stress than can be used with the high carbon
steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed, this is also good for shock and impact loads.
a. Chrome silicon b. Chrome vanadium c. Hard-drawn wire d. oil-tempered wire

48. A bearing that primarily guides the motion of a machine member without specific regard to the direction of load application.
a. Journal bearing b. Clearance bearing c. Guide bearing d. Thrust bearing

49. Which of the following are the compositions of stainless steel 302?
a. 18% chromium, 8% nickle b. 18% nickle, 8% chromium c. 18% chromium, 8% phosphor bronze d. 18% bronze, 8%
vanadium

50. These springs are made from one or more flat strips of brass, bronze, steel or other materials loaded as cantilevers or simple beam.
a. Torsion springs b. Leaf spring c. Garter spring d. Drawbar springs
3P2Qkey
key

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN
MULTIPLE CHOICE :

1. The blow off pressure of a safety valve is

a. Slightly more than atmospheric pressure c. Equal to the boiler working pressure
b. Half of the boiler working pressure d. 106 % of boiler working pressure

2. The crest diameter of a screw thread is same as

a. Major diameter c. root diameter
b. Pitch diameter d. minor diameter

3. Steel balls for ball bearings are manufactured by

a. Turning c. casting
b. Rolling d. cold heading

4. In case of sunk key

a. The keyway is cut in both shaft and hub c. The keyway is cut inn hub only
b. The keyway is cut in shaft only d. The keyway is helical along the shaft

5. Splined shafts are generally for

a. Machine tools c. bicycles
b. Aircraft d. automobiles

6. A flange coupling is
a. Used for non-collinear shafts c. Flexible
b. Used for collinear shafts d. Used only on small shafts rotating at slow speeds

7. In flange coupling, the weakest element should be

a. Flange b. shaft c. bolts d. key
8. The diameter of the washer is generally
a. Equal to the diameter of the bolt c. Slightly less than the diameter of the bolt
b. Slightly more than the diameter of the bolt d. Of any size that suits the application

9. In hydrodynamic bearings
a. The oil film pressure is generated only by the rotation of the journal
b. The oil film is maintained by supplying oil under pressure
c. Do not need external supply of lubricant
d. Grease is used for lubrication
10. If P = bearing pressure on projected bearing are, Z = absolute viscosity of the lubricant and N = speed of the journal,
then the bearing characteristic number is
a. ZN / P b. Z / PN c. ZP / N d. P / ZN

11. The rated life of a bearing changes

a. Directly as load c. inversely as cube of load
b. Inversely as fourth power of load d. inversely as square of load

12. Cold working of materials

a. Increases the fatigue strength c. Does not change the fatigue strength
b. Decreases the fatigue strength d. None of these
13. As pumped speed increases, its Net Positive Suction Head ( NPSH ) requirements
a. Increases b. remains the same c. decreases d. none of these

14. If pumped NPSH requirement are not satisfied

a. It will not develop head c. it will consume excessive power
b. Efficiency will be low d. it will be cavitated

15. Which type of chain is used in motorcycle ?

a. Pintle b. silent c. bush roller d. none of these

16. Which of the following ropes will be most flexible ?

a. 6 x 19 b. 6 x 7 c. 8 x 19 d. 6 x 37
17. Fatigue failure occurs when a part is subjected to
a. Compressive stress c. tension
b. Tensile stress d. fluctuating stress

18. The ability of a material to absorb energy when deformed elastically and to return it when unloaded is
a. Creep b. fatigue strength c. toughness d. resilience
key

19. Machining properties of steel can be improved by adding

a.sulphur, lead, phosphorous c. vanadium, aluminum
b. silicon, aluminum, titanium d. chromium, nickel

20. Cyaniding is the process of

a. dipping steel in cyanide bath
b. reacting steel surface with cyanide salts
c. adding carbon and nitrogen by heat treatment of steel to increase its surface hardness
d. obtaining cyanide salts

21.In powder metallurgy, the process of heating the cold pressed metal powder is called
a. granulation c. precipitation
b. deposition d. sintering

22. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a. Allowance b. Tolerance c. Deviation d. Basis size

23. How do you call a structural member designed to support loads perpendicular to its longitudinal axis?
a. Cantilever beam b. Beam c. Overhang beam d. Column

24. It is a load applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member. How do you call this load?
a. Bending load b. Combined loadc. Distributed load d. Cyclic load

25. It is a design approach where no catastrophic loss can occur as a result of a component failure. What is this design
approach?
a. Fail-safe design approach b. Fault free analysis approach c. Manifest danger approach d.
Redundancy approach

26. It is the condition of a machine when it is completely inoperable, can not perform its intended function adequately, or is
unreliable for continued safe use. What do you call this condition?
a. Fail safe condition b. Failure condition c. Critical condition d. Salvage condition

27. How do you call a statistical data used to identify the most likely failure mode?
a. Finite element analysis b. Fault free analysis c. Falureanaylisis d. Random analysis
28. When the hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that
induces a stress gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result. How do you call this
phenomenon?
a. Thermal shock failure c. Honing
b. Thermal fatigue d. Quenching

29. What is the section modulus of a solid shaft with a diameter of 101.6mm?
a. 209.5cm³ b. 209.6cm⁴ c. 205.9cm³ d. 205.9cm⁴

Solution:

πD ³
Polar Section, Zp=
16

π (10.16)³
Zp= =205.926 cm ³
16
30. With the water interruptions prevailing in your town, you have been asked to desighn an upright cylindrical water tank 6
meters in diameter and 6 meters high, vented, and to be filled completely with water. Determine the minimum thickness of
the tank plate if the stress is limited to 40 Mpa.
a. 3.3mm b. 4.4mm c. 5.5mm 8.8mm

Solution:

PDᵢ 1000 ( 9.81 )( 6 )( 6 )

Ss=
2t
40 000 = ( 2t )
t = 4.4 mm

31. A vise is equiped with a 1-inch single square thread, with 4 threads per inch. The frictional radius of the collar is 0.5 inch.
The coefficient of friction for both the collar and threads is 0.20. How much external torque must be applied to produce a
force of 200 lb against the jaws of the vise?
a. 39.73 in-lb b. 33.97 in-lb c. 45.93 in-lb d. 39.37 in-lb
key

Solution:

1 1 7
L = p (single thread) = = =0.25∈. Dm = Do-h = 1- ( 0.25 )=0.78125∈¿
TPI 4 16
Dm
Torque to overcome thread friction, Tr = W
2 ( )
tan ( θ+∅ )
Dc
Torque to overcome collar friction, Tc = W( ) fc
2
L 0.25
θ=tanˉˡ = tanˉˡ =5.816 °
πDm π (0.78125)
∅=tanˉˡf =tanˉˡ ( 0.20 )=11.38 ° , tan ( θ+∅ ) =tan ( 5.816 ° +11.38 ° )=0.308

Tr = 200 ( 0.78125
2 ( 12 ) )
( 0.308 ) =2 ft .lb

2(0.5)
Tc = 200 ( 2( 12) ) ( 0.20)=1.667 ft .lb
Total torque = Tr + Tc = 2+1.667 = 3.667 ft.lb = 44 in-lb.

32. A helical spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the Wahl factor of the
spring.
a. 1.148 b. 1.184 c. 1.418 d. 1.814

Solution:

C= ( Dmd )=( ⅛1 )=8

4 C−1 0.615 4 ( 8 )−1 0.615
K=
4 C−4
+
C
= (
4 ( 8 )−4
+
8 )
=1.184

33. Compute the tooth thickness of a 14.5° spur gear with diametral pitch of 5.
a. 0.23140 inch b. 0.31416 inch c. 0.43140 inch d. 0.03140 inch

Solution:

1.5708 1.5708
Tooth Thickness. T =
Pd
= (
5 )
=0.31416∈¿

34. Compute the speed of the gear mounted on a 52.5mm diameter shaft receiving power from a driving motor with 250Hp.
a. 2 182rpm b. 2 071rpm c. 2 265rpm d. 2 341rpm

From PSME Code Drive shaft:

D³N
P=
80

80 ( 250 )
=2265 rpm
N = 52.5 3
( )
25.4

35. Compute the working strength of 1 inch bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint when the allowable working
stress is 13000 psi.
a. 3 600 lb b. 3 950 lb c. 3 900 lb d. 3 800 lb

Solution:

W = S(0.55d²-0.25d) = 13 000⌈ 0.55 ( 1 )2−0.25 ( 1 ) ⌉=3 900 lb .

36. Compute the nominal stress at the surface, in Mpa, for a 50 mm diameter shaft that is subjected to a torque of 0.48 kN-m.
a. 16.95 b. 21.65 c. 19.56 25.12
key

Solution:

3
16 T 16 ( 480 x 10 )
Ss=
π d3
=
(
π ( 50 )
3 )
=19.56 MPa

37. A 20° straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. That two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a. 18.4° b.20° c.14.5° d. 20.5°

Solution:

Tp
Pitch angle. θ = tanˉ̄ ˡ
Tg
= tanˉ̄ ˡ ( 1442 )=18.4 °
38. A flywheel weighing 457 kg has a radius of 375 mm. How much energy, N-m, does the flywheel loss from 3 rps to 2.8
rps?
a. 368 b. 150 c. 1474 d. 38

Solution:
1
∈= mk ²(ω ²₁−ω ² ₒ)
2

1
∈= ( 457 ) ( 0.375 )2 ( 3 2−2.82 )=37.274 n .m
2
39. What is the largest roller chain size that can be used for power transmission at a sprocket speed of 1000 rpm?
a. RC 35 b. RC 50 c. RC 80 d. RC 60

Solution:

Pmax = (900/1000)2/3 = 0.932 in. take P = ¾ in. pitch (RC60)

40. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet per minute, attained in 5 seconds starting from rest.
The rope has a metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in.². determine the maximum tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
a. 26.2 b. 25.0 c. 27.6 d. 32.4

Solution:

1000
a = ( V 1−V 0 )
=
( 60
−0 )
=3.33 ft /sec ²
t 5

3.33
FL = 10000 1+ ( 32.2 )
=11034.16 lb

11034.16
St = =27.6 ksi
0.4
41. What length of square key is required for a 4-in. Diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp 1000 rpm? The allowable shear and
compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively.
a. 2.1 inches b. 2.8 inches c. 3.2 inches d. 4.2 inches

Solution:

63000 ( Hp ) 63000 ( 100 ) D

T= = =63 000∈.lb, b=
n 1000 4
2T 2(63000)
L(base on Shear)= = =2.1∈.
SsbD 15000(1)(4 )
4T 4 (63000)
L(base on Compression)= = =2.1∈.
SctD 30000 (1)( 4)
key

42. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch if 0.2 inch. Find the number of thread per
inch.
a. 0.2 tpi b. 10 tpi c. 5 tpi d. 2.5 tpi

Solution:

1 1 thread
= =5
Thread per inch, TPI = pitch ¿. inch
0.2
thread
43. A shearing machine requires 2,050 joules of energy to shear a steel plate and has a normal speed of 200 rpm, slowing
down to 180 rpm during the shearing stress. The flywheel of the machine has a mean diameter of 76 cm and weighs 7200 kg
per cubic meter. The width of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the flywheel accounts for 15% of its total weight, find
the thickness of the rim in cm.
a. 4.615 b. 5.615 c. 7.615 d. 8.615

Solution:

Wf 200 m
∆ KE =
2g
¿ ¿² - v ₂²]V₁ = πDmN₁ = π(0.76)
60
=7.9587 ( )
sec
180 m
V₂ = πDmN₂ = π(0.76)
60
=7.163 ( )
sec
2 ( 9.807 )( 2050 )
Wf =
(
( 7.9587 )2−( 7.163 )2 )
=3342.06 N = 340.67 kg

Wf = Wrim+Whub+Warm = Wrim + 0.15Wf

Wrim = 0.85(340.67kg) = 289.569kg
289.569 = π(0.76)(0.3)(t)(7 200)
t = 5.615cm

44. A 1 kw punching machine punches a 25 mm hole every 12 seconds. The flywheel of a punch has a mass moment of
inertia of 170 N-m-sec2 and rotates at a mean speed of 13 rpm. Determine the thickness in mm of the plate that can be
punched if the plate’s ultimate stress in shear is 380 MPa.
a. 20.357 b. 23.357 c. 28.357 d. 30.357

Solution:

1 hole
P=
12 sec
xW W= ( 12holesec )(1 KNsec. m )=12 KN . m
1 1 1
W= Ft= SuAt= Su( πdt )(t )
2 2 2

t²=
2W
( Suπd )=( (380 x 102 ( 12) ( π) ) ( 0.25 ) )=8.0415 x 10 ˉ ⁴ m ²
3

t = 28.357 mm

45 A loaded carriage weighing 200 kg is moving at a velocity of 5 KPH. It was brought to rest by a bumper consisting of two
special steel spring ( spring index = 6 ). The springs are compressed by 20 cm. If the allowable stress is 600 MPa, determine
the mean diameter of the coils in mm.
a. 105.23 b. 106.23 c. 108.23 d. 101.23

Solution:

1 1 5 ( 1000 ) 2
Et =
2
mV 2 = ( 2000 )
2 (
3600 )
=1 929 N . m C=6

Et 1 929
Load per spring E == =964.506 N . m k=
2 2
4 C−1 0.615 4 ( 6 )−1 0.615
4 C−4
+
C
=
4 (6)−4 (+
6
=1.2525 )
key

1 2 E 2 ( 964.506 )
E=
2
Fy F=
y
=
0.2 (
=9645.06 N )
Ss =
( k π8 dFC )
2

d=
( 1.2525(8)(9645.06)(6)
π (600) ) ½
= 17.539mm

π (600)(17.539)³
Dm =
( kπSsd
8 F¿
³
¿ )=(
1.2525(8)(9645.06) )
=105.23 mm

46. A coiled compression spring of oil-tempered steel wire has seven active coils of 12 mm wire wound in a coil of 90 mm
outside diameter. The spring is used to produce axial pressure on a clutch. The free length is 200 mm. With the clutch
engaged, the length is 150 mm. Determine the stress in the wire. Use G = 80 GPa.
a. 341.663 MPa b. 441.633 MPa c. 361.633 MPa d. 461.663 MPa

Solution:

4 ( 6.5 )−1 0.615

y = FL-OL = 200-150=50mm C= ( Dmd )=( 90−12
12 )=6.5k =
( 4 (6.5)−4 ) 6.5
+ =1.2135

8 FC ³ Nc 50( 80 x 103 )( 12)

y=
( Gd
F= ) (8 (6.5)³
=3121.14 N )
1.231( 8)(3121.14)(90−12)
Ss =
( k 8πdFDm
³ )=(
π (12) ³ )=441.633 MPa
47 A helical compression spring has a scale of 80 KN per meter. The spring mean diameter is 8 times the wire diameter. The
spring carries a load of 3500 N and the permissible working shear stress is 434,250 KPa. Find the effective number of coils.
Use G = 74,442.86 MPa.
a. 3.16 b. 4.16 c. 5.16 d. 6.16

Solution:
4 ( 8 )−1 0.615
C= ( 8dd )=8 k= ( 4 (8)−4 )
+
8
=1.184

1.184 (8)(3500)(8)
Ss =
( k 8πdFDm
³ )=(
k 8F 8d
πd ³ )=(
k 8F 8
πd ² ) =(
πd ² )
d=
( 1.184(8)(3500)(8)
π (434.25) ) ½
=13.94mmy = ( 8 FCGd³ Nc ) Nc ( 74 442.86
=
(13.94)
8( 80)(8) ³ )=3.16 coils
48. .A coiled squared and ground end compression spring of oil-tempered steel wire has seven active coils of 7/16 – inch wire
wound in a coil of 3.5-inch outside diameter. The spring is used to produce axial pressure on a clutch. The free length is 7.5
inches. With the clutch engaged, the length is 5and 5/8 inches. .Use G = 11,600,000 PSI. Calculate the spring constant.
a. 218.2 lb/in b. 264.2 lb/in c. 294.2 lb/ in d. 314.2 lb/in

Solution:

Sy = 47 d0.1 = ( 167 ) 0.1

= 0.92066 Sy =
47
( 0.92066 )=51.0505 ksi=51 050.5 psi
d0.1
key

7
3.5−
16
C=
7
=7 k = 1.213Ss = ( k 8πdFDm
³ ) F=(
πd ³ Ss
k 8 Dm )
=¿
16

( 8 FCGd³ Nc )= 8(451.915)(7) ³(7)

y=
( 7
(11.6 x 10 ) ( )
16
=1.71
6
) ( YF )=( 451.915
1.71 )
=264.28
lb
¿.

49. A ground coil spring is made of 8 effective coils with an outside diameter of 2.5 inches. The permissible stress is 50,000
PSI. Determine the maximum load that can be supported by the spring if the wire diameter is 7/16 inch.
a. 398.32 lb b. 498.32 lb c. 598.32lb d. 698.32 lb

Solution:

7 2.0625
k 8 FDm 2.5− =2.0625C= =4.71
Ss = (πd ³ ) Dm = 16 7
16( ) k=1.33

1.33(8)( F)(2.0625)
50 000 =
( 7
π ( )³
16 )
=598.32 lb

50. A squared end coil spring has 8.5 active coils of 10 mm steel wire diameter and an outside diameter of 90 mm. The pitch
of the spring is 30 mm. If the spring constant is 80 KN per meter, determine the stress at solid length in MPa.
a. 3280.35 b. 2830.35 c. 2380.35 d. 3820.35

Solution:

90−10
C= =8 k=1.184 FL=pNc+2d = 30(8.5)+2(10)=275mm
10
y’ = 275-105 = 170mm SL = dNc+2d = 10(8.5)+3(10)=105mm

F’ = ( 80m ) ( 0.17 m )=13 600 N

Ss’ =
( 1.184(8)(13000)(90−10)
π (10)³ )=3280.35 MPa
CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE
PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN

MACHINE DESIGN AND SHOP PRACTICE PROBLEMS

ELEMENTS and PROBLEMS

1. This radial distance in a gear is measured between the addendum and dedendum circle, and is the sum of the addendum
and the dedendum? How do you call this distance?
a) Addendum b) Whole depth c) Working depth d) Space width

Answer: b) Whole depth

2. One of the greatest advantages to using the conjugate beam method to compute beam deflections is that the method can
handle beams.

a) of varying cross sections

b) with varying cross section and different materials
key

c) with different materials

d) with two built ends

Answer: b) with varying cross section and different materials

3. The easiest, most straight forward method for method beam defection is the

e) double integration method

f) moment area method
g) straight energy method
h) table look up method

Answer: d) table look up method

4. What is the polar section modulus of a solid shaft with a diameter of 101.6 mm?
a) 209.5 cm3 b) 209.5 cm4 c) 205.9 cm3 d) 205.9 cm4

Answer: c) 205.9 cm3

J 2J π π
Z j= = = D3= ( 10. 16 )3 =205 . 9 cm3
Solution: c D 16 16

5. This minimum distance is measured between the non-driving side of a tooth and the adjacent side of the mating tooth. It
is the amount by which the width of a tooth space exceeds the thickness of the engaging tooth measured on the pitch
circle. What is this distance?
a) Circular pitch b) Whole depth c) Backlash d) Space width

Answer: c) Backlash

6. With the water interruptions prevailing in your town, you have been asked to design an upright cylindrical water tank 6
meters in diameter and 6 meters high, vented, and to be filled completely with water. Determine the minimum thickness
of the tank plate if the stress is limited to 40 Mpa.
a) 3.3 mm b) 4.4 mm c) 5.5 mm d) 8.8 mm

Answer: b) Thickness, t = 4.4 mm

Solution: p=ρ gh=( 1000 ) ( 9.8066 ) ( 6 )=58 839 .6 Pa=58 .8396 kPa

pD ( 58 .8396 ) (6 )
t= = =0 . 00441 m=4 . 41 mm
2 st 2 ( 40 000 )

7. What is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit and the corresponding basic size?
a) Fundamental deviation b) Upper deviation c) Lower deviation d) Tolerance

Answer: b) Upper Deviation

8. A steel shaft 1.75 inches in diameter transmits 40 Hp at 1800 rpm. Assuming a modulus of rigidity of 12 x 10 6 psi, find
the torsional deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot length.
a) 0.0073 b) 0.0037 c) 0.0063 d) 0.00013

Answer: a) 0.00016 radians = 0.0073 deg

63000 ( 40 )
θ T 32T
= = =
32 (63 000n Hp ) =32[1800 ] =0. 00013 radian=0 . 0073
L JG πD4 G π D4 G π ( 1. 75 ) 4 ( 12 x 10 6 )
Solution:

9. What is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit and the corresponding basic size?
a) Fundamental deviation b) Upper deviation c) Lower deviation d) Tolerance

Answer: c) Lower Deviation

10. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the curve correction
factor of the spring.
a) 1.144 b) 1.44 c) 1.1144 d) 1.1414

Answer: c)
key

Curve Correction Factor, Kc = 1.1144

4 C−1 0 . 615
K w 4 C−4 + C 1 .184
Kc= = = =1. 1144
Ks 2C +1 1 . 0625
Solution: 2C

11. This is either the upper or the lower deviation, depending on which is closer to the basic size. How do you call this
deviation?
a) Fundamental deviation b) Upper deviation c) Lower deviation d) Tolerance

Answer: a) Fundamental deviation

12. A vise is equipped with a 1-inch single square thread, with 4 threads per inch. The frictional radius of the collar is 0.5
inch. The coefficient of friction for both the collar and threads is 0.20. How much external torque must be applied to
produce a force of 200 lb against the jaws of the vise?
a) 39.73 in-lb b) 33.97 in-lb c) 37.93 in-lb d) 39.37 in-lb

Answer: c) 37.93 in-lb

Vise Jaw
Screw
Collar Nut
Handle
F = 200 lb

Solution:

1 1
p  0.25 inch
For the thread pitch,
Number of Threads per Inch 4

For the minor diameter, Di = Do – p = 1 – 0.25 = 0.75 inch

D o  Di 1  0.75
Dm   0.875 inch
For the mean or pitch diameter of the screw, 2 2

For the lead angle,

 L  1 p   1  0.25 
 tan  1   tan   tan   tan  1 0.09095 5.197o
 D m   D m   0.875 

Solving for the torque required to overcome the collar friction,

fFDc  0.2   200   0.5 

Tc   20 in lb
2 2

Solving for the torque required to overcome the thread friction,

FD m  tan   f  200  0.875   0.09095  0.2 

Ts     25.93 in lb
2  1  f tan   2  1  0.2  0.9095  
Solving for the total torque,

T = Ts + Tc = 25.93 + 20 = 45.93 in-lb ans.

13. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a) Allowance b) Tolerance c) Deviation d) Basic size

Answer: b) Tolerance

14. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the Wahl factor of
the spring.
a) 1.148 b) 1.184 c) 1.418 d) 1.814

Answer: b) Wahl Factor, Kw = 1.184

key

Dm 1
C= = =8 4 C−1 0 .615 4 ( 8 ) −1 0 . 615
d 1 K w= + = + =1. 184
Solution: 8 4 C−4 C 4 ( 8 )−8 8

15. It is the capacity of a material to absorb energy when it is deformed elastically and then, upon unloading, to increase this
energy. What is this capacity of a material?
a) Resilience b) Toughness c) Rigidity d) Ductility

Answer: a) Resilience

16. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the value of
Bergstrassar factor of the spring.
a) 1.172 b) 1.712 c) 1.217 d) 1.271

Answer: a) Bergstrassar Factor, KB = 1.1724

Dm 1
C= = =8 4 C +2 4 ( 8 ) +2
d 1 KB= = =1 .1724
Solution: 8 4 C−3 4 ( 8 )−3

17. How do you call the strain energy per unit volume required to stress a material from an unloaded state to the point of
yielding?
a) Modulus of roughness b) Modulus of elasticity c) Modulus of rigidity d) Modulus of resilience

Answer: d) Modulus of Resilience

18. The conjugate beam method of calculating beam deflection allows deflection to be found by drawing

a) Shear diagram
b) Shear stress diagram
c) Moment diagram
d) Shear and moment diagram

Answer: c) Moment diagram

19. When an axial stress is applied eccentrically, the combine stress due to compression (tension) and bending may be found
by.

a) Simple addition
b) Combined stress theory
c) Mohr’s circle
d) Finite element analysis

Answer: a) Simple addition

20. Compute the tooth thickness of a 14.5o spur gear with diametral pitch of 5.
a) 0.23140 inch b) 0.31416 inch c) 0.43140 inch d) 0.03140 inch

Answer: b) Tooth thickness, t = 0.31416 inch

1 . 5708 1 .5708
t= = =0. 31416 inch
Solution:
pd 5

21. How do you call a structural member designed to support loads perpendicular to its longitudinal axis?
a) Cantilever beam b) Beam c) Overhanging beam d) Column

Answer: b) Beam

22. Compute the speed of the gear mounted on a 52.5 mm diameter shaft receiving power from a driving motor with 250 Hp.
a) 2 182 rpm b) 2 071 rpm c) 2 265 rpm d) 2 341 rpm

Answer: c) The speed, N = 2265 rpm

80 P 80 ( 250 )
N= = =2 264 . 92 rpm
D3 52. 5 3
Solution: From PSME Code:
( )
25 . 4

23. It is a load applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member. How do you call this load?
a) Bending load b) Combined load c) Distributed load d) Cyclic load
key

Answer: a) Bending load

24. What is a load distributed over an entire area?

a) Bending load b) Combined load c) Distributed load d) Cyclic load

Answer: c) Distributed load

25. Compute the working strength of 1 inch bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint when the allowable working stress is 13000
psi.
a) 3 600 lb b) 3 950 lb c) 3 900 lb d) 3 800 lb

Answer c) The working strength, W = 3 900 lb

Solution: From machinery’s Handbook, page 1149:

W=s t ( 0 .55 d 2−0. 25 d ) =( 13 000 ) [ 0 .55 ( 1 )2 −0 .25 ( 1 ) ]=3 900 lb

26. It is a design approach where no catastrophic loss can occur as a result of a component failure. What is this design
approach?
a) Fail-safe design approach b) Fault free analysis approach
c) Manifest danger approach d) Redundancy approach

Answer: a) Fail-safe design approach

27. It is the condition of a machine element when it is completely inoperable, cannot perform its intended function
adequately, or is unreliable for continued safe use. What do you call this condition?
a) Fail-safe condition b) Failure condition c) Critical condition d) Salvage condition

28. Compute the nominal shear stress at the surface, in MPa, for a 50 mm diameter shaft that is subjected to a torque of 0.48
kN-m.
a) 16.95 b) 21.65 c) 19.56 d) 25.12

Answer: c) Shear Stress, ss = 19.56 MPa

16 T 16 ( 0 . 48 )
ss= = =19 556 .96 kPa=19 .56 MPa
Solution: π D 3 π ( 0 . 050 )3

29. How do you call a statistical data used to identify the most likely failure modes?
a) Finite element analysis b) Fault free analysis c) Failure analysis d) Random analysis

Answer: b) Fault free analysis

30. A hollow iron pipe to be designed as a column has an outside diameter of 240 mm and is subjected to a force of 80 KN.
Find the pipe thickness if the compressive stress is limited to 16 MPa.
a. 5.85 mm b. 6.85 mm c. 7.85 mm d. 8.85 mm

Answer: b) Pipe thickness, t = 6.85 mm

4F 4 ( 80 )
Solution: Inside Diameter, √
Di= D 2o −
πs √ 2
= ( 0 .24 ) −
π ( 16 000 )
=0. 2263 m−226 . 3 mm

D o −D i 240−226. 3
t= = =6 . 85 mm
Thickness of the Pipe, 2 2

31. It is a computational method used for solving complex shapes, such as those found in machinery; replaces the complex
shape with a set of simple elements interconnected at a finite set of a specific purpose. What is this computational
method?
a) Finite element analysis b) Numerical method of analysis
c) Fault free analysis d) Synthesis

Answer: a) Finite element analysis

32. A uniform beam 12 meters long is fixed at one end. It has a uniform weight of 50 kg/m along its length. A load of 20
kgs. is suspended on the beam 4 m from the free end. The moment at the fixed end is
a. 3760 kg-m b. 0.0 kg-m c. 60 kg-m d. 4800 kg-m

Answer: a) 3760 kg-m W = 50 (12) = 600 kg

F = 20 kgs
Solution: Bending Moment,

6m
8m
key

M=6 ( 600 )+8 ( 20 )=3 760 kg⋅m

33. When a hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that induces a stress
gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result. How do you call this phenomenon?
a) Thermal-shock failure b) Thermal fatigue c) Honing d) Quenching

Answer: a) Thermal-shock failure

34. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4o b) 20o c) 14.5o d) 20.5o

Answer: a) Pitch angle of the pinion = 18.4o

Tp 14
Solution:
γ =tan−1
( )
Tg
=tan−1
42( )
=18 . 4 o

35. The disadvantage of using the Goodman design criterion of the Soderberg design criterion is that it

a) applies only for brittle material

b) is acceptable for metals only below their critical temperature
c) is the more conservative of fluctuating stress theories
d) requires the material’s ultimate strength to be known

36. How do you call the diameter of the imaginary cylinder that bounds the crest of an external thread and the roots of an
internal thread?
a) Mean diameter b) Stress diameter c) Minor diameter d) Major diameter

Answer: d) Major diameter

37. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 32-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. The pinion is to transmit 1800 rpm and transmitting 50 hp. Determine
the pitch diameters of the gears.
a) 2.33 inches and 5.36 inches b) 3.23 inches and 3.56 inches
c) 5.36 inches and 6.36 inches d) 2.33 inches and 2.33 inches

Answer: a) 2.33 inches and 5.36 inches

T1 14 T   32 
D1   2.33 inches D 2 D1  2   2.33    5.36 inches
Solution: Pd 6  T1   14 

38. It is a measure of the change in length of a material subjected to a change in temperature. How do you call this property
of the material?
a) Toughness b) Coefficient of thermal expansion
c) Thermal conductivity d) Electric Resistivity

Answer: b) Coefficient of thermal expansion

39. A 1-inch diameter shaft has a single disc weighing 75 lb mounted midway between two bearings 20” apart. Find the
lowest critical speed in rpm. Neglect the weight of the shaft. Assume that the modulus of elasticity is 30 x 10 6 psi.
a) 2038 rpm b) 2308 rpm c) 2380 rpm d) 2803 rpm

Answer: a) 2038 rpm

W = 75 lb
Solution:

D = 1 inch E = 30 x 106 psi L = 20 inches

10” 10”
4
 D 4   1
I  0.0491 in.4
Moment of Inertia, 64 64

576 E I g  576   30 x 106   0.0491  32.2 

cr   213.39 rad / s
W L3  75  20 
3

Solving for the lowest critical speed,

key

30 cr 30  213.39 
N cr   2 037.68 rpm
 

40. What is a condition where one surface is comparatively free of stress?

a) Octahedral plane b) Biaxial or Plane stress c) Strain plane d) Principal normal stress

Answer: b) Biaxial or Plane stress

41. A test for pipe used for coiling in sizes 2 inches

a) flaring
b) crush
c) flange
d) bend

42. A flywheel weighing 457 kg has a radius of 375 mm. How much energy, in N-m, does the flywheel loss from 3 rps to
2.8 rps?
a) 368 b) 150 c) 1474 d) 38

Answer: c) Flywheel Energy =1474

Solution: V 1 =2 π ( 0 . 375 ) ( 3 )=7 . 069 m/s V2 2   0.375 2.8 6.597 m / s

m (V 21 −V 22 ) 457 [ ( 7 .069 )2−( 6 . 597 )2 ]

Δ KE= = =1 473. 91 N⋅m
2 2

43. How do you call the circle on a gear that corresponds to the contact surface of the friction wheel?
a) Addendum circle b) Root circle c) Pitch circle d) Base circle

Answer: c) Pitch circle

44. The size of an equal leg length fillet weld shall be based on the largest

a) Isosceles right triangle

b) Square
c) Right triangle
d) Rectangle

45. A machine used in testing steel generally strikes the specimen with an energy 220 to 265 ft-lb

a) Izod test
b) Charpy test
c) Rockwell test
d) Test blocks

46. One important skill that operators of machine tools must have an understanding of measurement demands:

a) Speed
b) Neatness
c) Precision
d) Sociability

47. Which of the following metal is easy to chisel?

a) Alloy steel
b) Manganese steel
c) Stainless steel
d) Cast iron

48. During the quenching process in heat treating steel, agitation of the fluids used in quenching has what effect on the
severity of the quenching?

a) Increase quenching severity

b) Decrease quenching severity
c) Has no effect on quenching severity
d) Reverses quenching severity
key

49. In the design of the mechanical members, the separation that takes place along the direction the highest shearing stress is

a) Ductile fracture
b) Fatigue stress
c) Residual stress
d) Torsion stress

50. It is a square key with the bottom two corners are bevelled

a) Saddle key
b) Barth key
c) Woodruff key
d) Gib head key

51. Change in metal structure by which the surface structure recovers from its unstable condition

a) Annealing
b) Normalizing
c) Aging
d) Tempering

52. The ability of the material to absorb energy within its proportional limit

a) Yield strength
b) Resilience
c) Toughness
d) Creep strength

53. In kinematics, the occurrence the linear and rotational motion simultaneously is known as

a) Mechanism
b) Rotakinematics
c) Coriole’s
d) Grashop’s

54. In kinematics, the single degree of freedom which permits only sliding motion is

a) Revolute pair
b) Screw pair
c) Prismatic pair
d) Cylindrical pair

55. It is the ability of the material to absorb plastic deformation

a) Toughness
b) Stiffness
c) Hardness
d) Machinability

56. Tooth breakage on gear is usually

a) A tensile fatigue
b) A contact stress
c) A crack
d) None of these

57. Pitting is the function of Hertzian contact stresses between two cylinders and is proportional to the square root of the

a) Applied load
b) The contact stress
c) The stress
d) Impact

58. Is the angle through the gear turns from the time a give pair of teeth are in contact at the pitch point until they pass out
the mesh

a) Angle of contact
b) Angle of approach
c) Position angle
key

d) Angle of recess

59. Is an angle through which the gear turns from the time of a particular pair of teeth come into contact until they go out of
control

a) Pitch angle
b) Angle of action
c) Angle of approach
d) None of these

60. A type of coupling that allows slight amount of torsional/angular flexibility due to introduction with some material
cylindrically wrapped around the bolts in the flange

a) Simple elastic bonded coupling

b) Elastic material bushed coupling
c) Elastic material bonded coupling
d) All of these

61. In uniformly loaded beam, the maximum vertical shearing force occurs

a) At the center
b) At the second section of the maximum moment
c) At the bottom fiber
d) At the end support

62. A type of roller bearing in which the ball are assembled by the eccentric displacement of the inner ring

a) Shallow groove ball bearing

b) Self aligning ball bearing
c) Filling slot ball bearing
d) Deep groove ball bearing

63. The effectiveness of the brake may greatly decrease shortly after it begins to continuously

a) Vade
b) Acted
c) Fade
d) Cade

64. Occurs when the oil film fails, but in this case, the load and the speed are so high that the surface metal is melted and the
metal is smeared down the profile

a) Abrasion
b) Corrosion
c) Spalling
d) Scoring

65. The extra tooth in gear which is used to distributes the wear more evenly

a) Hunting tooth
b) Tooth profile
c) Dummy tooth
d) Add tooth

66. A gear that has an advantage of smoother tooth engagement, quietness of operation, greater strength and higher
permission speeds

a) Zerol bevel gear

b) Straight bevel gear
c) Hypoid bevel gear
d) Spiral bevel gear

67. Amount of automatic feed in shaper is increased by taking the crankpin

a) At the centre of the crank disc

b) Towards the centre of the crank disc
c) Away from the centre of the crank disc
d) None of the above
key

68. In a shaper, the feed (metric) is usually expressed in

a) mm/stroke
b) Meter/stroke
c) mm/revolution
d) None of the above

69. A triple threaded worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 25 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches.
Material for both the wheel and the wheel is phosphor bronze. Determine the helix angle of the gear.
a) 11.31o b) 13.11o c) 11.13o d) 10.13o

Answer: a) Gear Helix angle = 11.31o

D g   5
Pc   0.6283 inch
Tg 25
Solution: Circular pitch of the worm gear,
Where, Pc = Pa = pitch of the worm

Solving for the lead, L = Nt Pa = 3(0.6283) = 1.8849 inches

 L   1  1.8849 
  tan  1    tan   11.31
o

 D w   3 
Solving for the lead angle of the worm,

For the helix angle, and considering that the shafts angle is 90o,

g =  = 11.31o ans.

70. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can be used with the
high-carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and
impact loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire

Answer: b) Chrome Vanadium

71. What is the largest roller chain size that can be used for power transmission at a sprocket speed of 1000 rpm?
a) RC 35 b) RC 50 c) RC 80 d) RC 60

Answer: d) RC 60
2 2
900 900 3
Note: Max. Chain Pitch in Practice:
pmax ≤ ( )
n
3
( )
pmax =
1000
=0.932 in

Since RC 80, p = 1 inch exceeds the maximum and RC 70 does not exist, and then use RC 60.

72. These are gears with teeth formed on conical surfaces and are used mostly for transmitting motion between intersecting
shafts. How do you call these gears?
a) Spur gears b) Helical gears c) Bevel gears d) Worm gearings

Answer: c) Bevel gears

73. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of
6 mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is
90 mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

Answer: b) 6 mm/s

Solution: For the linear speed of the screw, Vn = n (L) = (60 rpm)(6 mm/rev) = 360 mm/min = 6 mm/s

74. A double thread ACME screw driven by a motor at 400 rpm raises the attached load of 900 kg at a speed of 10 m/min.
The screw has a pitch diameter of 36 mm; the coefficient of friction on threads is 0.15. The friction torque on the thrust
bearing of the motor is taken as 20 % of the total input. Determine the lead angle.
a) 12.465o b) 14.265o c) 15.462o d) 16.452o

Answer: a) 12.465o

V 10
L= = =0 . 025 m=25 mm
Solution: For the lead, n 400
key

L 25
For the lead angle,
λ=tan−1
( )
πD m
=tan−1
36 π( )
=12 . 465o

75. What Hp can a 1-inch diameter short shaft transmit at 380 rpm?
a) 3 Hp b) 18 Hp c) 10 Hp d) 7.1 Hp

Answer: c) 10 Hp

3
D3 N ( 1 ) ( 380 )
P= = =10 Hp
Solution: 38 38

76. A spur pinion rotates at 600 rpm and transmits 25 kW to a mating gear. The pitch diameter of the pinion is 100 mm, and
the pressure angle is 20o. Determine the tangential load, in N.
a) 7958 b) 6790 c) 3900 d) 3098

Solution: a)
Ft = ( D2 )(30π nP )=( 0 .102 ) [ 30π( 25( 600000) ) ]=7 957 . 75 N
77. A bearing that primarily guides the motion of a machine member without specific regard to the direction of load
application.
a) Journal bearing b) Clearance bearing c) Guide bearing d) Thrust bearing

Answer: c) Guide bearing

78. A multiple-disk clutch, composed of three plates with a small diameter of 150 mm and large
diameter of 200 mm, is designed to transmit 100 kW at 3000 rpm at a coefficient of friction of
0.5. Determine the spring force needed to engage the clutch.
a) 2820 N b) 2428 N c) 5460 N d) 3638 N

Answer: 3638 N

30 P 30 (100 )
T= = =0. 3183 kN⋅m=318. 3 N⋅m
Solution: π n π ( 3000 )
( D +d )
T =f ⋅P⋅r f⋅N fs =f ⋅P⋅ [ 4 ]
⋅N fs

4T 4 ( 318 300 )
P= = =3 637 . 71 N
f⋅( D+d )⋅N fs 0. 5 ( 200+150 ) ( 2 )

79. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet per minute, attained in 5
seconds starting from rest. The rope has a metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in 2. Determine the
maximum tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
a) 26.2 b) 25.0 c) 27.6 d) 32.4

Answer: c) maximum tensile stress = 27.6 MPa

Solution:
a=
V 1 −V o ( 1000/60 )−0
t
=
5
=3. 33 fps 2 F=W L (1+ ag )=(10 000 ) (1+32.3.332 )=11 034 .16 lb
11, 034 . 16
St = =27 585. 4 psi=27 . 6 ksi
0.4

80. What is the bursting steam pressure of a hemispherical steel shell with a diameter of 100 inches and made of 0.0635-m
thick steel plate, if the joint efficiency is 70 % and the tensile strength is 60 000 psi?
a) 4 020 psi b) 4 200 psi c) 2 400 psi d) 2 040 psi

Answer: b) 4200 psi

63 . 5
p=
4 t sl E j
=
4(25 . 4 )
in ( 60 000 lb/in 2 ) ( 0 .70 )
=4 200 psi
Solution: D 100 in.

Where, p = bursting pressure, psi sl = shell stress, psi

t = shell thickness, inches D = shell diameter, inches Ej = joint efficiency
key

pD
s L=
Note: For the longitudinal stress of the thin-walled cylinder, and the stress for spherical tank:
4 t Ej
81. A cylinder having an internal diameter if 508 mm and external diameter if 914.4 mm is subjected to an internal pressure
of 69 MPa and an external pressure of 14 MPa. Determine the hoop stress at the inner surface of the cylinder.
a) 90.11 MPa b) 91.10 MPa c) 911.0 MPa d) 19.10 Mpa

Answer: a) 90.11 MPaa

2 2 2
914 . 4 508 914 . 4

s ti=
pi ( r 2o +r 2i )−2 p o r 2o
=
[(
( 69 MPa )
2 )(
mm +
2 )] (
mm −2 ( 14 MPa )
2
mm )
r 2o −r 2i 2 2

Solution:
(9142. 4 mm) −(5082 mm)
sti = 90.11 Mpa

Where, sti = maximum tangential or hoop stress at the inside ri = inside radius, mm
pi = internal pressure, Mpa ro = outside radius, mm
po = external pressure, Mpa
2 pi r 2i − po ( r 2o +r 2i )
s to =
Note: For the maximum tangential or hoop stress at the outside, r 2o −r 2i

82. What length of a square key is required for a 4-in diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm? The allowable shear
and compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively.
a) 2.1 inches b) 2.8 inches c) 3.2 inches d) 4.2 inches

Answer: a) 2.1 inches

63000 Hp 63000 ( 1000 )

T= = =63 000 in⋅lb
Solution: Transmitted torque, n 1000
D
b≈
, for good proportion
Key width, 4
2T 2 ( 63 000 )
L= = =2 .1 inches
Key length based on shear,
s s bD 15 000 ( 1 ) ( 4 )
4T 4 ( 63 000 )
L= = =2 .1
Key length based on compression,
s c t D 30 000 ( 1 ) ( 4 )
Therefore, use L = 2.1 inches

83. Which of the following are the compositions of stainless steel 302?
a) 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel b) 18 % nickel and 8 % chromium
c) 18 % chromium and 8 % phosphor bronze d) 18 % bronze and 8 % vanadium

Answer: a) 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel

84. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Find the number of thread
per inch.
a) 0.2 threads/inch b) 10 threads/inch c) 5 threads/inch d) 2.5 threads/inch

Answer: TPI = 5 threads per inch

Solution:
1 1
TPI= = =5 threads/inch
The number of threads per inch, p 0.2

85. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of
6 mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is
90 mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the combined efficiency of the screw and collar.
a) 15.32 % b) 12.53 % c) 13.52 % d) 15.97 %

Answer: b) 12.53 %

1 1 W = 70 N

Solution: For the depth of the thread,

h= () ()
2
p=
2
( 6 )=3 mm

Di
Dm
key

For the mean diameter of the screw, Dm=Do −h=36−3=33 mm

For the lead angle,

λ=tan−1
( πDL )=tan ( πDp )=tan ( 336π )=3 .3123
m
−1

m
−1 o

tan λ (1−f tan λ ) ( 100 % )

e=
f D

Solving for the Efficiency,

( )
tan λ+f + c c ( 1−f tan λ )
Dm

( tan 3. 3125o ) ( 1−0. 13 tan 3 . 3125o ) (100 % )

e= =12 .53 %
0 . 10 ( 90 )
o
tan3 . 3125 +0 .10+
33 [ ]
( 1−0 . 13 tan 3 . 3125o )

86. Determine the power capacity of a cone clutch under uniform pressure and assuming the following conditions: major
diameter = 250 mm; minor diameter = 200 mm; length of conical elements in contact = 125 mm; rotational speed = 870
rpm; coefficient of friction = 0.30; and allowable pressure = 70 kPa.
a) 25.74 Hp b) 24.75 Hp c) 27.45 Hp d) 24.57 Hp

Answer: a) 25.74 Hp

3 3
2 r o −r i ( 125 )3 −( 100 )3
Solution: Friction radius,
rf =
( ) ( )[
3 r 2o −r 2i
=
2
3 ]
( 125 )2 −( 100 )2
=112 .96 mm

Surface Area of contact, A f =2 πr f b=2 π ( 0 .11296 ) ( 0 .125 )=0 . 0887 m2

Force normal to the surface of contact, Fn = pA f =( 70 )( 0 . 0887 )=6. 209 kN

π n Tf π n π ( 870 )
P= = ( f F n rf )= ( 0. 30 ) ( 6 .209 )( 0 . 11296 )=19 .2 kW =25. 74 Hp
Power Capacity, 30 30 30

87. Three extension springs are hooked in series that support a single weight of 100 kg. The first spring is rated at 4 kN/m
and the other two springs are rated 6 kN/m each. Determine the equivalent stiffness of the three springs.
a) 1.71 kN/m b) 5 kN/m c) 2.71 kN/m d) 3.71 kN/m

Answer: a) 1.71 kN/m

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3+ 4 7 12
= + + = + + = + = = ke= =1 . 71 kN /m
Solution:
k e k 1 k 2 k 3 4 6 6 4 3 12 12 7

88. These springs are made from one or more flat strips of brass, bronze, steel or other materials loaded as cantilevers or
simple beam.
a) Torsion springs b) Leaf springs
c) Garter springs d) Drawbar springs

Answer: b) Leaf Springs

89. A flat belt is 6 inches wide and 1/3 inch thick and transmits 20 Hp. The center distance is 8 ft. The driving pulley is 6
inches in diameter and rotates at 2 000 rpm such that the loose side of the belt is on top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in
diameter. The belt material is 0.035 lb/in3 and the coefficient of friction is 0.30. Determine the belt net tension.
a) 201 lb b) 210 lb c) 102 lb d) 120 lb

Answer: b) 210 lb

2 T 2 63 000 Hp 2 63 000 ( 20 )
Solution:
F=F1−F 2= =
D D (
n
=
6 2 000 ) ( )[
=210 lb ]
Other Solution:
V m=π D n=π ( 126 ) ( 2 000)=3141 . 59 fpm
33 000 Hp 33 000 ( 20 )
F=F1 −F 2= = =210 lb
Vm 3141. 59
key

90. A pulley 600 mm in diameter transmits 40 kW at 500 rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley is 155 o, the
coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the belt is 2.1 MPa. Determine the
belt tensions ratio, neglecting the effect of centrifugal force.
a) 2.578 b) 2.857 c) 5.287 d) 5.782

π
0 . 35 (155 ) (
F1 180 )
=e fθ= ( e ) =2 . 578
Solution: F2

Answer: a) 2.578

91. This refers to the space between adjacent coils when the spring is compressed to its operating length.
a) Coil clearance b) Pitch c) Lead d) Deflection

Answer: a) Coil clearance

92. Select a deep-groove ball bearing to carry a radial load F x = 800 lb and a thrust load F z = 700 lb at 1750 rpm. The service
is 8 hr/day, but it is not continuous; design for 20 000 hr. The operation is smooth with little vibration; the outer ring
rotates. Determine the design life in mr with no more than 10 % failure.
a) 20100 mr b) 2100 mr c) 2001 mr d) 1200 mr

Answer: b) 2100 mr

(20 000 ) ( 60 ) ( 1 750 )

B 10=( Hrs ) ( 60 min s/hr ) ( rpm )= 6
=2100 mr
Solution: 10

93. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Answer: b) 0.3714 Hp

Tf n f W r f n 0 . 15 (2000 lb )( 1 .56 inches )( 50 rpm )

fHp= = = =0 .3714
Solution: 63000 63000 63000

3 3 3 3
2 r o −r i
Where,
rf =
( ) [
2 2
3 r o −r i
=
2 ( 2 ) − (1 )
3 (3 ) − (1 ) 2
2 ]
=1 .56 inches

94. In a lathe machine, it is the diameter of the largest workpiece it can rotate in a chuck or between centers without hitting
the bed.
a) Chuck diameter b) Swing c) Distance between centers d) Spindle diameter

Answer: b) Swing

95. What load in N must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 2.5 m long (E = 207 Gpa) to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a) 42 000 N b) 52 840 N c) 53 000 N d) 60 000 N

Answer: b) The load, 52 840 N

Solution: The load,

δAE δ π 2 1.3 π
F=
L
=
L 4
D E=()
2.5 ( 1000 ) 4 [ ]( )
( 0.025 )2 ( 207 000 000 000 )=52 837 .66 N

96. This is a general term that refers to the mating of cylindrical parts such as bolt or a hole; it is used only when the internal
member is smaller that the external member. How do you call this?
a) Clearance b) Interference c) Allowance d) Tolerance

Answer: a) Clearance

97. A 50-mm diameter shaft is to transmit 12 kW power at a speed of 500 rpm, determine the mean diameter of the pin,
under double shear, for a material having a safe unit stress of 40 N/mm2.
a) 11.08 mm b) 12.08 mm c) 13.08 mm d) 10.08 mm
Pin
Answer: b) Diameter of the pin = 12.08 mm Shaft

T
30 P 30 (12 000 )
T= = =229 .183 N⋅m=229 183 N⋅mm
Solution: Transmitted Torque, πn π ( 500 )
key

2 T 2 ( 229 183 )
F s= = =9 167 . 32 N
Pin Shearing Force, D 50
F 4 Fs 2 F s
ss= s = =
Pin Mean Diameter, 2 A s 2 π d2 π d2

2 Fs
d=
√ √
π ss
=
2 ( 9 167 . 32 )
π ( 40 )
=12. 08 mm

98. This is a lubrication condition where non-conformal surfaces are completely separated by lubricant film and no asperities
are in contact. How do you call this lubrication condition?
a) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication b) Boundary lubrication
c) Hydrodynamic lubrication d) Hydrostatic lubrication

Answer: a) Elastohydodynamic lubrication

99. A 1200 mm cast iron pulley is fastened to 112.5 mm shaft by means of a 28.13 mm square key 175 mm long. The key
and shaft have a shearing stress of 14 000 psi. Determine the force acting at the pulley that will shear the key.
a) 10 015 lb b) 11 005 lb c) 11 050 lb d) 10 501 lb

Answer: a) The force acting on the pulley = 10 015 lb

s bLD
2T ( 2 )
2 s
D 28 . 13 175 112. 5
Solution:
F = =
p
Dp
=s bL
Dp s ( )
Dp
= (14 000 ) ( )( )(
25 . 4 25 . 4 1 200 )
=10 014 .74 lb

s s bLD
T= → Torque based on shear , in⋅lb
Where, 2

100.A 75-mm diameter shaft is transmitting 350 kW at 650 rpm. A flange coupling is used and has 6 bolts, each 18 mm in
diameter. Find the required diameter of the bolts circle based on an average shearing stress of 27.5 MPa.
a) 245 mm b) 254 mm c) 452 mm d) 425 mm

Answer: a) Bolt Circle diameter = 245 mm

8T 8 ( 30 ) P 8 ( 30 ) ( 350 )
DB= = 2 2 = 2 =0 .245 m=245 mm
Solution: π s s d nB π d s s n nB π ( 0. 018 )2 ( 27 500 )( 650 )( 6 )
2

π s s d 2 DB n n B 30 P
T= =
Note: Torque Based on Shear, 8 πn

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE

MACHINE DESIGN

1. The permanent change in shape of a body as a result of an applied load is called

a. creep deformation c. elastic deformation
b. plastic deformation d. slip deformation

2. The sliding displacement of one part of a crystal relative to another caused by the movement
of dislocations along slip planes is called
a. twinning c. creep
b. whiskers d. slip

3. Plastic deformation within a material that occurs as a function of time when that material
is subjected to constant load.
a. creep c. twinning
b. dislocation d. slip planes

4. The measure of fatigue strength applied to metals not showing a definite fatigue limit.
key

a. elastic limit c. proportional limit

b. endurance limit d. yield strength

5. The maximum stress that a material can endure without taking a permanent set.
a. endurance limit b. elastic limit
c. proportional limit d. yield strength

6. The total percentage strain occurring in tensile test specimen tested to failure.
a. proportional limit c. elasticity
b. percentage elongation d. percentage reduction in area

7. The ratio existing between the lateral and longitudinal strains produced in a body subjected
to a simple uniaxial stress within the elastic limit.
a. modulus of elasticity c. modulus of resilience
b. Poisson’s ratio d. modulus of stiffness

8. The change in shape of a body due to an applied load which is fully recoverable when the
load is removed.
a. creep deformation c. plastic deformation
b. twin deformation d. elastic deformation

9. Linear imperfections in a crystal which move during plastic deformation.

a. twinning c. slip
b. creep d. dislocations

10. The ratio between total deformation in one direction and the length of the specimen as
measured in that direction.
a. stress c. Poisson’s ratio
b. strain d. modulus of elasticity
11. The maximum value of engineering stress that a tensile test specimen can withstand during
the duration of a tensile test.
a. yield strength c. proportional strength
b. fatigue strength d. ultimate tensile strength

12. The maximum stress that a material can withstand without deviating from straight line
proportionality between stress and strain.
a. fatigue strength c. elastic limit
b. endurance limit d. proportional limit

13. The ability of a material to undergo permanent deformation without rupture occurring.
a. elasticity c. plasticity
b. ductility d. malleability

14. The ability of a material to resist deformation under load.

a. brittleness c. toughness
b. stiffness d. elasticity

15. The ability of a material to be plastically deformed by predominantly tensile stresses. For
example, as in wire drawing.
a. elasticity c. plasticity
b. ductility d. malleability

16. The ability of a metal to undergo all kinds of deformation processes without failure.
a. hardness c. formability
b. toughness d. malleability

17. The ability of a material to resist scratching, abrasion, indentation, or penetration.

a. ductility c. toughness
b. hardness d. malleability

18. The ability of a material to return to its original dimensions after being subjected to stresses
that caused or tended to caused deformation.
a. elasticity c. malleability
b. toughness d. hardeneability

19. The ability of a metal to be deformed by predominantly compressive stresses. For example,
as in rolling and forging.
a. ductility c. malleability
b. toughness d. stiffness

20. The quality of a material by virtue of which it may be plastically compressed.

a. ductility c. malleability
key

b. elasticity d. stiffness

21. The ratio of the velocity of light in a vacuum to its velocity in another material.
a. speed ratio c. Poisson’s ratio
b. curie index d. refractive index
22. The temperature at which a polymer under a specified load shows a specified amount of
deflection.
a. curie point c. heat distortion temperature
b. saturation temperature d. none of these

23. Those distinguishing qualities or characteristics that are used to describe a substance in the
absence of external forces.
a. composition c. microstructure
b. mechanical properties d. physical properties

24. The imaginary lines that connected the centers of the atoms in a configuration is called
a. lattice structure c. crystal structure
b. solid structure d. microstructure
25. Materials formed by coatings, internal additives and laminating.
a. metal c. ceramics
b. resins d. composites
26. That property of regaining the original shape upon the removal of the external load.
a. plasticity c. elasticity
b. malleability d. ductility

27. The capacity of the material to absorb energy within the elastic range.
a. yield strength b. resilience
b. toughness d. creep

28. That quality of a material by virtue of which it may be plasticity elongated.

a. malleability c. ductility
b. elasticity d. plasticity

29. The amount of energy per unit volume which the material posses when subjected to
the elastic limit stress.
a. modulus of elasticity c. modulus of resilience
b. modulus of rigidity d. heat absorption

30. Those distinguishing qualities or characteristics that are used to describe a substance
in the absence of external forces.
a. mechanical properties c. resilience
b. physical properties d. none of these

31. The stress at which the material exhibits a specified limiting permanent set.
a. plastic limit c. yield strength
b. elastic limit d. ultimate strength

32. The imaginary lines that connect the centers of the atoms in a configuration.
a. slip c. lattice structure
c. twinning d. crystal structure
33. Materials form from large numbers of comparatively low molecular weight units which are
bonded together by primary valence bonds in a repetitive manner to form independent
large molecules in some sort of chain.
a. composites c. resins
b. ceramics d. metals

34. The rate of heat flow per unit time in a homogeneous material under steady-state conditions,
per unit area, per unit rise in temperature within a specified temperature range.
a. specific heat c. sensible heat
b. latent heat d. thermal conductivity
35. A point at which a metal liquefies on heating or solidifies on cooling.
a. freezing point c. flash point
b. melting point d. curie point

36. Relatively finely spaced surface irregularities, the height, width, and direction of which
establish a definite surface pattern.
a. waviness c. camber
b. flatness d. roughness
37. The deformation caused by the application of an external force.
a. roughness c. waviness
b. strain d. thick edge
38. The resistance of the material to plastic deformation, usually by indentation.
key

a. roughness c. hardness
b. toughness d. fatigue strength

39. The outer fiber stress developed when a material is loaded as a simply supported
beam and deflected to a certain value of strain.
a. shear strength c. impact strength
b. creep strength d. flexural strength

40. The stress required to fracture a shape in a cross-sectional plane that is parallel to the force
application.
a. tensile strength c. shear strength
b. ultimate strength d. compressive strength

41. The maximum stress to which a material may be subjected before failure occurs.
a. yield strength c. design strength
b. impact strength d. ultimate strength

42. The ratio between uniaxial tensile stress and elastic strain in a material obeying
Hooke’s Law.
a. Yopung’s Modulus c. Modulus of elasticity
b. Modulus of stiffness d. all of these

43. The ability of a material to absorb energy when being deformed and thus resist
deformation and failure.
a. stiffness c. hardness
b. toughness d. ductility

44. The tendency of a metal to break when subjected to conditions of repeated cyclic
stressing well below the elastic limit.
a. plastic limit c. fatigue
b. endurance limit d. none of these

45. That property of a material which allow it to withstand high temperature during its
service life without pitting or deforming.
a. roughness c. toughness
b. refractories d. none of these

46. The controlled chemical attack on a surface in order to reveal surface detail.
a. carburizing c. etching
b. ionizing d. none of these
47. An element with a valence of 1,2 or 3.
a. ceramics c. composites
b. resins d. none of these
48. Those properties that describe the behavior of the materials under the application of force.
a. chemical properties c. dimensional properties
b. physical properties d. none of these

49. An elongated body-centered cubic lattice structure.

a. single cubic lattice c. body-centered tetragonal lattice
b. closed packed hexagonal lattice d. none of these

50. Deviation from edge straightness, usually the maximum deviation of an edge from a straight
line of given length.
a. out of flat c. camber
b. lay d. none of these
51. A pulley 600 mm in diameter transmits 40 kW at 500 rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley is 155 o, the
coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the belt is 2.1 MPa. Determine the belt
tensions ratio, neglecting the effect of centrifugal force.
a) 2.578 b) 2.857 c) 5.287 d) 5.782

52. This refers to the space between adjacent coils when the spring is compressed to its operating length.
key

a) Coil clearance b) Pitch c) Lead d) Deflection

53. Select a deep-groove ball bearing to carry a radial load Fx = 800 lb and a thrust load Fz = 700 lb at 1750 rpm. The service
is 8 hr/day, but it is not continuous; design for 20 000 hr. The operation is smooth with little vibration; the outer ring rotates.
Determine the design life in mr with no more than 10 % failure.
a) 20100 mr b) 2100 mr c) 2001 mr d) 1200 mr

54. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

55. In a lathe machine, it is the diameter of the largest workpiece it can rotate in a chuck or between centers without hitting
the bed.
a) Chuck diameter b) Swing c) Distance between centers d) Spindle diameter

56. What load in N must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 2.5 m long (E = 207 Gpa) to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a) 42 000 N b) 52 840 N c) 53 000 N d) 60 000 N

57. This is a general term that refers to the mating of cylindrical parts such as bolt or a hole; it is used only when the internal
member is smaller than the external member. How do you call this?
a) Clearance b) Interference c) Allowance d) Tolerance

58. A 50-mm diameter shaft is to transmit 12 kW power at a speed of 500 rpm, determine the mean diameter of the pin, under
double shear, for a material having a safe unit stress of 40 N/mm2.
a) 11.08 mm b) 12.08 mm c) 13.08 mm d) 10.08 mm

59. This is a lubrication condition where non-conformal surfaces are completely separated by lubricant film and no asperities
are in contact. How do you call this lubrication condition?
a) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication b) Boundary lubrication
c) Hydrodynamic lubrication d) Hydrostatic lubrication

60. A 1200 mm cast iron pulley is fastened to 112.5 mm shaft by means of a 28.13 mm square key 175 mm long. The key
and shaft have a shearing stress of 14 000 psi. Determine the force acting at the pulley that will shear the key.
a) 10 015 lb b) 11 005 lb c) 11 050 lb d) 10 501 lb
key

61. A 75-mm diameter shaft is transmitting 350 kW at 650 rpm. A flange coupling is used and has 6 bolts, each 18 mm in
diameter. Find the required diameter of the bolts circle based on an average shearing stress of 27.5 MPa.
a) 245 mm b) 254 mm c) 452 mm d) 425 mm

62. How do you call the flattened end of a shank, and intended to fit into a driving slot in the socket?
a) Handle b) Tang c) Relief d) Tip

63. If a sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 38.1 mm and a length of 50.8 mm, the wall thickness is 3/16 inch. The
bearing is subjected to a radial load of 500 kg. What is the bearing pressure, in psi?
a) 904 psi b) 409 psi c) 490 psi d) 940 psi

64. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can be used with the
high-carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and impact
loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire

65. Determine the minimum whole depth of spur gear of 14.5 o involute type with diametral pitch of 24 and circular pitch of
0.1309 inch.
a) 0.09000 inch b) 0.08900 inch c) 0.0899 inch d) 0.089758 inch

66. A parallel helical gear set was a 17-tooth pinion driving a 34-tooth gear. The pinion has a right-hand helix angle of 30 o, a
normal pressure angle of 20o, and a normal diametral pitch of 5 teeth/in. Find the axial circular pitches.
a) 1.2566 inches/tooth b) 1.6625 inches/tooth c) 1.6526 inches/tooth d) 1.6256 inches/tooth
key

67. For an American Standard Screw Threads, what does 6-32 UNC designate?
a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread b) 6 inches basic diameter, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread
c) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, fine thread d) 32 inches basic diameter, 6 threads per inch, coarse thread

68. Determine the Poisson’s ratio of a material whose modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa and whose modulus of rigidity is 80
GPa.
a) 0.33 b) 0.25 c) 0.38 d) 0.22

69. A steel has a BHN = 300. What is its approximate ultimate strength in ksi?
a) 300 ksi b) 150 ksi c) 75 ksi d) 200 ksi

70. If the angular deformation of a solid shaft should not to exceed 1o in a length of 1.8 m and the allowable shearing stress is
83 MMa, what is the diameter of the shaft? Assume that the shaft material has G = 77 x 106 kPa.
a) 222.34 mm b) 234.22 mm c) 23.42 cm d) 24.22 cm

71. How do you call the process of producing the residual compressive stress of machine parts, which is performed by
directing the a high velocity stream of hardened balls or pellets at the surface to be treated.
a) Nitriding b) Shot blasting c) Peening d) Tempering

72. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

73. A 20-tooth motor sprocket, running at 1200 rpm, drives a blower at a speed ratio of 4:1. Using the largest permissible
chain size and the largest permissible center distance of 80 pitches, what length of chain in pitches is required to connect the
sprockets?
a) 200 pitches b) 212 pitches c) 216 pitches d) 220 pitches

74. Which of the following gases is typically used in nitriding process of surface hardening?
a) Nitrogen gas b) Carbon dioxide c) Ammonia gas d) Hydrogen gas

75. Which of the following is the benefit in using nitriding as a surface-hardening process for alloy steels?
a) Improvement of endurance strength, 50 % or more
b) Improvement of endurance strength, less than 50 %
c) Improvement of endurance strength, more than 50 %
key

d) 80 % improvement on the endurance strenght

76. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4º b) 20º c) 14.5º d) 20.5º

77. A triple-thread worm has a lead angle of 17o and a pitch diameter of 2.2802 inches. Find the center distance when the
worm is mated with a wheel of 48 teeth.
a) 6.72 inches b) 7.26 inches c) 6.27 inches d) 7.62 inches

78. A double-thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the
gear helix angle.
a) 4.69º b) 9.46º c) 6.49º d) 6.94º

79. A 36-tooth pinion turning at 300 rpm drives 120-tooth gear of 14.5o involute full depth pressure angle. Determine the
rpm of the driven gear.
a) 60 rpm b) 45 rpm c) 75 rpm d) 90 rpm

80. If two parallel shafts are connected by cylinders in pure rolling contact and turning in the same direction, and having a
speed ratio of 2.75, what is the Center distance of the two shafts assuming that the diameter of the smaller cylinder is 22 cm?
a) 18.25 cm b) 19.25 cm c) 20.25 cm d) 17.25 cm

81. In estimating the actual endurance strength of steel parts, one of the factors to be considered is the material factor, which
of the following is the recommended material factor for cast steel?
a) 0.70 b) 0.80 c) 0.75 d) 1.0

82. How do you call the level of stress that the part will be permitted to see under operating conditions?
a) Yield stress b) Endurance stress c) Design stress d) Ultimate stress

83. Which of the following column formulas is applicable to cast iron columns?
a) Euler’s formula b) J.B.Johnson’s formula
d) Secant formula d) Straight line formula

84. Which of the following ferrous metals has the lowest carbon content?
a) Carbon steel b) Wrought iron c) Cast iron d) SAE 4140

85. If the ultimate shear strength of a steel plates is 42 000 psi, what force is necessary to punch a 0.75 inch diameter hole in
a 0.625 inch thick plate?
key

a) 61 850 lb b) 65 810 lb c) 61 580 lb d) 60 185 lb

86. If stiffness is the main criterion in selecting a material, which of the following is the most economical choice?
a) SAE 3130 b) SAE 1020 c) SAE 6150 d) AISI 301, ¼ hard stainless steel

 All are the same modulus of rigidity, the other three are expensive.

87. Which of the following materials can easily be machined?

a) AISI C1020 b) AISI C1112 c) AISI C1030 d) AISI C1010

 AISI C 1112, free-cutting steel with higher sulfur, ease machining.

88. Wood is an ______ material; that is, its mechanical properties are unique and independent in three mutually perpendicular
directions—longitudinal, radial, and tangential.
a) Isotopic b) Anisotropic c) Orthotropic d) Any of these

89. A stepped torsion shaft has diameters of 16 mm and 12 mm and a fillet radius of 2 mm. The shaft is subjected to a torque
of 12.5 N-m. Find the maximum induced stress caused by the fillet. Consider a stress concentration factor of 1.25.
a) 36.84 MPaa b) 46.05 MPa c) 38.64 MPa d) 45.06 MPa

90. A steam engine that has a stroke of 12 inches has an overhung crank of 11 inches. The maximum tangential force, P, on
the crank may be assumed as 75000 lb. Assuming an allowable stress in shear as 4400 psi, determine the crankshaft diameter.
a) 4.77 inches b) 3.77 inches c) 2.77 inches d) 1.77 inches

91. The principal raw materials used in steelmaking are iron ore, coal, and __________.
a) Coke b) Limestone c) Slag d) Flux

92. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

 Please solution problem #s 54 & 71

93. The primary application of high-speed steels is to tools used for the working of metals __________.
a) that are too hard b) at high cutting speeds
c) that are too soft d) at slow cutting speeds

94. In gearing, this is the ratio of the arc of action to the circular pitch.
a) Speed ratio b) Arc ratio c) Contact ratio d) Gear ratio

95. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm
and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s
key

96. Flywheel arms are usually of elliptical cross-section, the strength of the arms should equal _________the strength of the
shaft in torsion.
a) Three-fourths b) One-half c) Two-thirds d) One-fourth

97. This alloy (nickel, iron, chromium, cobalt is a non-magnetic, corrosion resistant material suitable for sub-zero
temperatures and temperatures up to about 750 degrees F., provided that torsional stresses are kept below 75,000 pounds per
square inch. It is precipitation-hardened to produce hardnesses of 48 to 50 Rockwell C and is used in watch and instrument
springs.
a) Elinvar b) Monel c) Inconel d) Dynavar

 Ans: Dynavar (Source Machinery’s Handbook)

98. To ensure an adequate factor of safety in the design of a shaft with standard keyway, the key width should be about:
a) One half of the shaft diameter b) One fourth of the shaft diameter
c) One eighth of the shaft diameter d) One third of the shaft diameter

99. What is the property of matter that causes it to resist any change in its motion or state of rest?
a) Momentum b) Kinetic Energy c) Inertia d) Section modulus

100. This is defined as the cutting time to reach a predetermined wear, called the tool wear criterion.
a) Wear duration b) Cycle time c) Tool life d) Life cycle

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN

MACHINE DESIGN AND SHOP PRACTICE PROBLEMS

ELEMENTS (with answers and solutions)

1. Is the process of cold works where a limited amount of material, resulted to a higher strength and it leaves a surface
under compressive stress

a) surface finishing
b) smoothing
c) surfacing
d) surface rolling

2. When the hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is a momentarily a high temperature gradient that includes a
stress gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result of this phenomenon is called

a) thermal-shock failure
b) thermal fatigue
c) honing
d) quenching

3. Is a low cost spring material, suitable where service is not a severe and dimensional precision is not needed

a) hard drawn wire spring

b) helical wire spring
c) stainless steel
d) helical tension spring wire

4. Is a spring with a good quality for impact loads and moderately high temperature

a) hard drawn wire spring

b) helical wire spring
c) chromium-silicon
d) helical tension spring

5. Is a type of coil where helical coil is wrap into the circle and forming an annular ring

a) Volute spring
b) Motor spring
c) Hair spring
key

d) Garter spring

6. In a planer the cutting speed depends upon

a) Material of job, material of tool and feed rate

b) Rpm of bull gear
c) Depth of cut
d) None of the above

7. The planer tool differs from the lathe tool because it has

a) Less front and side clearance

b) More front and side clearance
c) Less rake angle
d) More rake angle

8. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank simple indexing

a) T = 20/N
b) T = 40/N
c) T = N/20
d) T = N/40

9. A method whereby a gear is run with another gear that has abrasive surface material

a) Hobbing
b) Honing
c) Lapping
d) milling

10. In pure torsion, the maximum torsional stress is at the centre of the

a) peripheral sides
b) long sides
c) medium side
d) short side

11. A tolerance where the size of the part is permitted to be either larger or smaller than the given dimension

a) bilateral
b) unilateral
c) lateral
d) none of these

12. The over arm of the milling machine is use to support

a) spindle
b) column
c) arbor
d) table

13. All of the following group of plastics and thermoplastics, EXCEPT

a) Polyvinylchloride (PVC) and polyvinyl acetate

b) Acrylic (Lucite) and polyamide (Nylon)
c) Polyethylene, polypropylene, and polystyrene
d) Phenolics, melamine and epoxy

14. All of the following statements about rusting of iron are correct, EXCEPT

a) Contact with water, and oxygen is necessary for rusting to occur

b) Contact with more a more electropositive metal reduces rusting
c) Phalides aggravate rusting, a process which involves electromechanical oxidation-reduction reactions
d) Pitting occurs in oxygen rich anodic areas and the rust is deposited nearby

15. Materials with low values of thermal expansion are desirable for

a) Pyrex glassware
b) Thermometers
key

c) Barometers
d) Railroad rails

16. An advance motion along the longitudinal axis of twist drill is called

a) Speed
b) Cutting speed
c) Feed
d) None of the above

17. In internal cylindrical grinding, the grinding wheel and the work rotate in

a) Same direction
b) Opposite direction
c) Neither “a” of “b”
d) A or B both

18. For grinding materials having low tensile strength which abrasive is used

a) Silicon carbide
b) Emery
c) Aluminium
d) Corundum

19. The size of the grinding wheel is taken from

a) Diameter of the wheel

b) Width of face
c) Bore size
d) All of the above

20. Which centre is used for supporting open end of pipes, shells, etc. turning or thread cutting in a lathe

a) Ball centre
b) Pipe centre
c) Half centre
d) Female centre

21. When outside diameter of the job is turned in relation to the internal hole, the job should be held

a) In three-jaw chuck
b) On face plate
c) On lathe mandrel
d) Between centre

22. Included angle of dead centre is

a) 30 deg
b) 60 deg
c) 45 deg
d) 90 deg

23. A behaviour of metals wherein strength of metal is increased and ductility is decreased on heating at relatively low
temperature after cold working is called

a) Twinning
b) Solid solution hardening
c) Clustering
d) Strain aging

24. Which gage is used to check the internal threads?

a) Plug gage
b) Thread plug gage
c) Ring gage
d) Thread ring gage

25. Lapping is done

key

a) To finish the job to a fine degree of accuracy

b) To get a high quality of surface finish
c) To control the size
d) All of the above

26. In which method a bore is finished to a very close tolerance

a) Lapping
b) Grinding
c) Honing
d) Turning

27. In a part uniform temperature and not acted upon by an external load, any internal stresses that exist are called

a) Residual stress
b) Superposed stress
c) Form stress
d) Control stress

28. The theory of mechanics of materials shows that the result of the octahedral shear stress theory and those form the
maximum distortion-energy theory are

a) Relevant
b) Less than
c) The same
d) More than

29. The screw that required positive torque to lower the load, or to loosen the screw if it has been turned tight against the
resistance

a) Power screw
b) Self screw
c) Lock screw
d) Self locking screw

30. Used for permanent fits, are similar to involute splines except that the pressure angle is 14.5 degrees

a) Separation load
b) Stub serration
c) Spline shaft
d) Involute serrations

31. Are used as couplings, or in additions to another couplings where, in case of overload, there is a danger of injury to
machines or to material process

a) Involute serration
b) Shear pin
c) Flange coupling
d) King pin

32. A coupling that transmit power via the frictional forces induced by pulling flanges towards each other over slotted
tapered sleeves

a) Flange coupling
b) Ribbed compression coupling
c) Rigid coupling
d) Flange compression coupling

33. Alloy steel is known for its resistance corrosion, abrasion, and wear, that is usually ideal for mill grinding of ore in
cement and concentrator application. It is usually combined with molybdenum to increase the depth of hardening

a) Manganese-chromium steel
b) Chromium-molybdenum steel
c) Chromium-nickel-moly steel
d) Manganese-moly steel

34. Is a form of correction that develop a highly localized areas on a metal surface

a) Crevice
key

b) erosion
c) galvanic
d) pitting

35. The deterioration of organic coating characterized as completely

a) chalking
b) rusting
c) checking
d) fretting

36. A corrosion occur within the or adjacent to a crevice formed by the contact with another piece of the same or another
metal

a) pitting
b) erosion
c) galvanic
d) crevice

37. A treatment of the surface of iron-base alloys, usually in a form of sheet strip is

a) epoxy painting
b) bluing
c) sanding
d) coating

38. An element assembled into a tapped hole is

a) key
b) nut
c) screw
d) worm gear

39. After hot working, a stress cause by a reduced hydrogen solubility is

a) residual stress
b) galling
c) pitting
d) flaking

40. A procedure of heating to and holding a metal at a designated temperature for a period of time and then cooling it at a
controlled rate is

a) annealing
b) quenching
c) tempering
d) normalizing

41. Which one is the correct statement about true stress-strain method

a) there is no such phenomenon like true stress or true strain

b) true stress is load per unit area (actual) and similarly true strain determine under actual condition
c) this method can be used for compression test as well
d) it is more sensitive to change the mechanical condition

42. Coaxing increase the

a) strength by reversible cycling

b) hardening by surface treatment
c) corrosion resistance by spraying
d) fatigue resistance by over stressing the metal successively

43. In laminated spring the strips are provided in different lengths for

a) economy
b) reduction in weight
c) improve appearance
d) equal distribution of stress
key

44. Select the one for which diamond riveted joint can be adopted

a) butt joint
b) lap joint
c) double riveted lap joint
d) all types of joint

45. In actual machines

a) mechanical advantage is unity

b) mechanical advantage is less than unity
c) mechanical advantage is less than velocity ratio
d) mechanical advantage is equal to velocity ratio

46. The presence of sulphur in pig iron makes

a) it is easily machinable
b) it is hard
c) increases the fluidity
d) the casting unsound

47. Aluminum alloys for pressure die casting

a) must posses considered fluidity

b) must have iron as one of the constituents
c) must not be free from hot shortness
d) must be light

48. Is used when load is not too great

a) rope
b) fiber
c) silk rubber
d) balata

49. The axial distance specified on the internal and external taper thread members

a) pitch
b) lead standoff
c) helix distance
d) lead

50. What operation of machining a smaller diameter on the side surface of work piece for a specified length

a) surfacing
b) threading
c) recessing
d) graving

51. the ___________describes the temperature at which solidification normally begins upon cooling of the melted alloy

a) solidus
b) liquidus
c) eutectic
d) solvus

52. acts not only as stress raisers but also as stress complicators and frequently induce a degree of stress tri-axiality

a) shrinkage voids
b) non-metallic inclusions
c) rough surfaces
d) notches

53. is accomplished by distortion of the crystalline lattice of the solvent metal by the solute atoms, with its resulting effect on
the forces required to accomplish slip pm warped or dimpled planes

a) deformation casting
b) solid alloying
c) solid solution hardening
key

d) precipitation hardening

54. what’s number 5 in mohr’s scale

a) flour spar
b) apatite
c) quartz
d) gypsum

55. How do you call the flattened end of a shank, and intended to fit into a driving slot in the socket?
a) Handle b) Tang c) Relief d) Tip

Answer: b) Tang

56. If a sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 38.1 mm and a length of 50.8 mm, the wall thickness is 3/16 inch. The
bearing is subjected to a radial load of 500 kg. What is the bearing pressure, in psi?
a) 904 psi b) 409 psi c) 490 psi d) 940 psi

Answer: c) Bearing pressure = 490 psi

Solution: For bearing or projected area,

A B =L D= ( 50. 8
25. 4
in.)
[ 38 . 1
25 . 4
in.−2 (
3
16 ) ]
in =2. 25 in 2

W ( 500 kg ) ( 2. 205 lb/kg )

p= = =490 psi
Bearing pressure,
AB 2 .25 in 2

57. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can be used with the
high-carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and
impact loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire

Answer: b) Chrome Vanadium

58. Determine the minimum whole depth of spur gear of 14.5o involute type with diametral pitch of 24 and circular pitch of
0.1309 inch.
a) 0.09000 inch b) 0.08900 inch c) 0.0899 inch d) 0.089758 inch

Answer: c) Whole depth = 0.0899 inch

2 .157 2 .157
h= = =0 .089875 inch
Solution: From Vallance, page 262:
pd 24

59. A parallel helical gear set was a 17-tooth pinion driving a 34-tooth gear. The pinion has a right-hand helix angle of 30 o, a
normal pressure angle of 20o, and a normal diametral pitch of 5 teeth/in. Find the axial circular pitches.
a) 1.2566 inches/toothb) 1.6625 inches/tooth c) 1.6526 inches/tooth d) 1.6256 inches/tooth

Answer: a) Axial circular pitch = 1.2566 inches/tooth

Pcn 0.62832
Pc   0.72552 inch / tooth
Solution: cos  cos 30o

Pc 0.72552
Pa   1.2566 inches / tooth
tan  tan 30o

60. For an American Standard Screw Threads, what does 6-32 UNC designate?
a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread b) 6 inches basic diameter, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread
c) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, fine thread d) 32 inches basic diameter, 6 threads per inch, coarse thread

Answer: a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread

 Note: 6 stands for the designated size, 32 stands for the number of threads per inch, UNC stands for Coarse
threads

61. Determine the Poisson’s ratio of a material whose modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa and whose modulus of rigidity is 80
GPa.
a) 0.33 b) 0.25 c) 0.38 d) 0.22
key

Answer: b) Poisson’s ratio = 0.25

E
G=
Solution: 2(1+ν ) E = 200GPa, G = 80GPa: ∴ ν=0. 25

62. A steel has a BHN = 300. What is its approximate ultimate strength in ksi?
a) 300 ksi b) 150 ksi c) 75 ksi d) 200 ksi

Answer: b) Ultimate Strength = 150 ksi

Solution: Su  0.5(BHN), ksi

63. If the angular deformation of a solid shaft should not to exceed 1o in a length of 1.8 m and the allowable shearing stress
is 83 MMa, what is the diameter of the shaft? Assume that the shaft material has G = 77 x 106 kPa.
a) 222.34 mm b) 234.22 mm c) 23.42 cm d) 24.22 cm

Answer: a) Shaft diameter = 222.34 mm

πD3 ss
TL 32T L
32 ( )
16
L
2 ss L D=
2 ss L
θG
=
2 ( 83 000 )( 1 .8 )
π
=222 .34 mm

Solution:
θ= = 4 =
JG πD G π D4 G
=
DG
1
( )
o
180o
( 77 x 10 ) 6

64. How do you call the process of producing the residual compressive stress of machine parts, which is performed by
directing the a high velocity stream of hardened balls or pellets at the surface to be treated.
a) Nitriding b) Shot blasting c) Peening d) Tempering

Answer: b) Shot blasting

65. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Answer: b) Frictional Horsepower = 0.374 Hp

Tf n f W r f n 0 . 15 (2000 lb )( 1 .56 inches )( 50 rpm )

fHp= = = =0 .3714
Solution: 63000 63000 63000

3 3 3 3
2 r o −r i 2 ( 2 ) − (1 )
Where,
rf =
( ) [ =
]
3 r 2o −r 2i 3 (3 )2− (1 )2
=1 .56 inches

66. It is a process that produces residual compressive stress on the machine part, which uses a series of hammer blows on the
surface.
a) Nitriding b) Shot blasting c) Peening d) Tempering

Answer: c) Peening

67. Two shafts 3.6 m between centers carry pulleys 1.2 m in diameter and 0.91 m in diameter respectively, connected by a
crossed belt. It is desired to put the belt on as an open belt. How long a piece must be cut of it?
a) 303.3 mm b) 330 mm c) 333.0 mm d) 330.3 mm

Answer: a) Length to be cut off = 303.3 mm

Solution: For the length of an open belt connection,

2
π ( D2 −D1 ) π ( 1200−910 )2
Lo = ( D1 + D 2 ) +2 C+
2 4C
=
2 ( )
( 1200 +910 )+ 2 ( 3600 )+
4 ( 3600 )
=10 520 . 22 mm

For the length of belt for crossed belt connection,

2
π ( D2−D 1 ) π ( 1200+ 910 )2
Lc = D + D
2 ( 1 2)
+ 2C +
4C
=
2
( 1200 ()
+910 ) +2 ( 3600 ) +
4 ( 3600 )
=10 823. 55 mm

Solving for the difference of lengths,

ΔL=Lc−L o =10 823. 55−10 520. 22=303 . 33 mm

key

68. It is a surface-hardening process for alloy steels in which the material is heated to 950 oF in a nitrogen atmosphere,
typically ammonia gas, followed by slow cooling.
a) Quenching b) Nitriding c) Shot blasting d) Peening

Answer: b) Nitriding

69. A 20-tooth motor sprocket, running at 1200 rpm, drives a blower at a speed ratio of 4:1. Using the largest permissible
chain size and the largest permissible center distance of 80 pitches, what length of chain in pitches is required to connect
the sprockets?
a) 200 pitches b) 212 pitches c) 216 pitches d) 220 pitches

Answer: b) Chain length = 21 pitches

2
N t 1+ N t 2 ( N t 2 −N t 1 )
Lc = + 2C p + =212 . pitches
Solution: 2 40 C p

70. Which of the following gases is typically used in nitriding process of surface hardening?
a) Nitrogen gas b) Carbon dioxide c) Ammonia gas d) Hydrogen gas

Answer: c) Ammonia gas

71. A 20-kW motor, running at 1200 rpm, drives a 400 mm diameter pulley at a belt tension ratio of 2.4. If the belt’s tight
side tension is only 1200 N, determine the transmission efficiency.
a) 87.97 % b) 84.58 % c) 85.66 % d) 86.55 %

Answer: a) Transmission Efficiency = 87.97 %

T out ( π n ) π n D

η=
Poutput 30
= =
30 ( )( )
2
F net
=
πn
30 ( ) ( D2 ) ( F −F ) = (1200
1
30
π 0 . 40
)( 2 ) (1200−1200
2
2.4 )
=0 . 8797
Solution: Pinput P input P input Pinput 20 000

72. A right-handed single-thread hardened-steel worm has a catalog rating of 2.25 kW at 650 rpm when meshed with a 48-
tooth cast-steel gear. The axial pitch of the worm is 25 mm, normal pressure angle is 14.5o, and the pitch diameter of the
worm is 100 mm. The coefficient of friction is 0.085. Determine the shafts center distance.
a) 241 mm b) 142 mm c) 412 mm d) 124 mm

Answer: a) Center distance = 241 mm

ωw nw Tg Dg cos λ Dg
Speed Ratio, SR= = = = =
Solution: ωg ng Tw Dw sin λ Dw tan λ
L p 25
Tan λ= = = =0 .07958 → λ=4 . 55o
πD w πD w π (100 )
T T p T p 48 25
Pitch diameter of the gear,
Tw ( )
D g = g Dw tan λ= g D w
Tw πDw
= g
Tw ( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) π
=
1 π
=381. 97 mm

D w +D g 100+381. 97
C= = =241 mm
Center Distance, 2 2

73. Which of the following is the benefit in using nitriding as a surface-hardening process for alloy steels?
a) Improvement of endurance strength, 50 % or more
b) Improvement of endurance strength, less than 50 %
c) Improvement of endurance strength, more than 50 %
d) 80 % improvement on the endurance strenght

Answer: a) Improvement of endurance strength, 50 % or more

74. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4o b) 20o c) 14.5o d) 20.5o

Answer: a) Pitch angle = 18.4o

Tp 14
Solution:
γ=tan−1
( ) ( )
Tg
=tan−1
42
=18 . 4 o

75. A triple-thread worm has a lead angle of 17o and a pitch diameter of 2.2802 inches. Find the center distance when the
worm is mated with a wheel of 48 teeth.
a) 6.72 inches b) 7.26 inches c) 6.27 inches d) 7.62 inches
key

Answer: a) Center Distance = 6.72 inches

Tg 48
Solution:
Dg=
( )
Tw
D w tan λ=
3 ( )
(2 . 2802 ) tan17 o =11 . 154 inches

D w +D g 2 .2802+11. 154
C= = =6 . 72 inches
2 2

76. A double-thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the
gear helix angle.
a) 4.69o b) 9.46o c) 6.49o d) 6.94o

Answer: b) Gear helix angle = 9.46o

Tw Dg

Solution:
λ=tan−1
[( )( )] [ ( )]
Tg Dw
=tan−1
2 5
20 3
=9 . 46o

77. A 36-tooth pinion turning at 300 rpm drives 120-tooth gear of 14.5o involute full depth pressure angle. Determine the
rpm of the driven gear.
a) 60 rpm b) 45 rpm c) 75 rpm d) 90 rpm

Answer: d) 90 rpm

Tp 36
Solution:
n g =n p
( ) ( )
Tg
= ( 300 )
120
=90 rpm

78. If two parallel shafts are connected by cylinders in pure rolling contact and turning in the same direction, and having a
speed ratio of 2.75, what is the Center distance of the two shafts assuming that the diameter of the smaller cylinder is 22
cm?
a) 18.25 cm b) 19.25 cm c) 20.25 cm d) 17.25 cm

Answer: b) Center Distance = 19.25 cm

D 2 =SR ( D 1 )=2. 75 ( 22 )=60 .5 cm

Solution: Diameter of the bigger cylinder,

D 2−D1 60. 5−22

C= = =19 . 25 cm
Center distance, 2 2

79. In estimating the actual endurance strength of steel parts, one of the factors to be considered is the material factor, which
of the following is the recommended material factor for cast steel?
a) 0.70 b) 0.80 c) 0.75 d) 1.0

Answer: a) Material factor for cast steel = 0.70

80. How do you call the level of stress that the part will be permitted to see under operating conditions?
a) Yield stress b) Endurance stress c) Design stress d) Ultimate stress

Answer; c) Design Stress

81. Which of the following column formulas is applicable to cast iron columns?
a) Euler’s formula b) J.B.Johnson’s formula
d) Secant formula d) Straight line formula

Answer: d) Straight line formula

o Ans. D. Straight line formula. Cast iron columns are usually designed on the basis of
Le
P
A
=9000−40
k [ ]
→ a Straight line formula

o Where the slenderness ratio Le/k should not exceed 70.

82. Which of the following ferrous metals has the lowest carbon content?
a) Carbon steel b) Wrought iron c) Cast iron d) SAE 4140

Answer: b) Wrought iron

key

o Wrought iron usually contains less than 0.04% C; steel usually has less than 2.5% C; cast iron has more than 1.7%
C; SAE 4140 has approximately 0.4% C.

83. Two extension coil springs are hooked in series that support a single weight of 100 kg. The first spring is rated at 4 kN/m
and the other spring is rated at 6 kN/m. Determine the total deflection of the springs.
a) 408.6 mm b) 486.0 mm c) 480.6 mm d) 460.8 mm

Answer: a) Spring Deflection = 408.6 mm

F F k 1 +k 2 4 +6
Solution:
δ t =δ 1 +δ 2= + =F
k1 k2 k1 k2( )
= (100 kg )( 9. 8066 N / kg )
4 (6 ) [ ]
=408 . 6 mm

84. If the ultimate shear strength of a steel plates is 42 000 psi, what force is necessary to punch a 0.75 inch diameter hole in
a 0.625 inch thick plate?
a) 61 850 lb b) 65 810 lb c) 61 580 lb d) 60 185 lb

Answer: a) Punching force = 61 850 lb

Solution: F=s u A s=s u ( πd t )=( 42000 lb/in 2 ) ( π )( 0 . 75 in ) ( 0 .625 in ) =61 850. 1 lb

85. If stiffness is the main criterion in selecting a material, which of the following is the most economical choice?
a) SAE 3130 b) SAE 1020 c) SAE 6150 d) AISI 301, ¼ hard stainless steel

o Ans. B. SAE 1020- plain carbon steel. All of the above materials are steel with practically equal modulus of
elasticity. The three other materials are alloy steels that are relatively more expensive.

86. Which of the following materials can easily be machined?

a) AISI C1020 b) AISI C1112 c) AISI C1030 d) AISI C1010

Answer: b) AISI CIII2

o Ans. b. C1112. This is a free-cutting steel with a higher sulfur content for ease in machining

87. Wood is an ______ material; that is, its mechanical properties are unique and independent in
three mutually perpendicular directions—longitudinal, radial, and tangential.
a) Isotopic b) Anisotropic c) Orthotropic d) Any of these

Answer: c) Orthotropic material

88. A stepped torsion shaft has diameters of 16 mm and 12 mm and a fillet radius of 2 mm. The shaft is subjected to a torque
of 12.5 N-m. Find the maximum induced stress caused by the fillet. Consider a stress concentration factor of 1.25.
a) 36.84 MPaa b) 46.05 MPa c) 38.64 MPa d) 45.06 MPa

Answer: b) 46.05 MPa

Solution: Solving for the average induced shear stress in the shaft

16T 16  12.5 
ss  3  3
36841422.01 Pa 36.84 MPa r = 2 mm
d   0.012 

D = 16 mm d = 12 mm
Solving for the maximum induced shear stress,

ss  max  k ts ss  1.25   36.84  46.05 MPa

89. A steam engine that has a stroke of 12 inches has an overhung crank of 11 inches. The maximum tangential force, P, on
the crank may be assumed as 75000 lb. Assuming an allowable stress in shear as 4400 psi, determine the crankshaft
diameter.
a) 4.77 inches b) 3.77 inches c) 2.77 inches d) 1.77 inches

Answer: a) Crankshaft Diameter = 4.77 inches B

Solution:
T =P⋅R=( 7500 ) ( 6 )=45 000 in⋅lb A 6”
Solving for the torque, Crankpin

Solving for the bending moment, M=( 7500 ) ( 11) =82 500 in⋅lb
11”
Crankshaft
Solving for the shaft diameter,
key
1 1
16 16
D=
[( ) √ ] [
π ss
2
M +T 2 3
=
π ( 4400 )
( ) 2
( ) 2 3
]
√ 45 000 + 82 500 =4.77} {¿
90. The principal raw materials used in steelmaking are iron ore, coal, and __________.
a) Coke b) Limestone c) Slag d) Flux

Answer: b) Limestone

91. The steel part is heated to a temperature of 900–1150 degrees F in an atmosphere of ammonia
gas and dissociated ammonia for an extended period of time that depends on the case depth
desired.
a) Nitriding b) Carburizing c) Case hardening d) Cyaniding

Answer: a) Nitriding

92. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Answer: b) 0.3714 Hp

T f n f W r f n 0 . 15 (2000 lb )( 1 .56 inches )( 50 rpm )

fHp= = = =0 .3714
Solution: 63000 63000 63000

3 3 3 3
2 r o −r i 2 ( 2 ) − (1 )
Where,
rf =
( ) [
2 2
3 r o −r i
=
3 (3 ) − (1 ) 2
2 ]
=1 .56 inches

93. The primary application of high-speed steels is to tools used for the working of metals __________.
a) that are too hard b) at high cutting speeds
c) that are too soft d) at slow cutting speeds

Answer: b) At high cutting speeds

94. A parallel helical gear-set consists of a 19-tooth pinion driving a 57-teeth gear. The pinion has a left-hand helix angle of
20o, a normal pressure angle of 14½o, and a normal diametal pitch of 10 teeth/inch. If the pinion is to transmit 50 Hp at a
speed of 1750 rpm. Determine the center distance of the two gears.
a) 2.02 inches b) 6.06 inches c) 4.04 inches d) 2.06 inches

Answer: c) 4.04 inches

Pd Tp Tg
Pdn= = =
Solution:
cosψ D p cosψ Dg cosψ
Tp 19
D p= = =2 .02 inches
Pitch diameter of the pinion, P dn cos ψ 10 cos 20o
Tg 57
Pitch Diameter of the gear,
Dg =D p
( ) ( )
Tp
=2 .02
19
=6 . 06 inches

D p +Dg 2. 02+6 . 06
C= = =4 .04 inches
Center-to-center distance, 2 2

95. In gearing, this is the ratio of the arc of action to the circular pitch.
a) Speed ratio b) Arc ratio c) Contact ratio d) Gear ratio

Answer: c) Contact ratio

96. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of
6 mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is
90 mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

Answer: b) 6 mm/s

Solution: For the linear speed of the screw,

Vn = n (L) = (60 rpm)(6 mm/rev) = 360 mm/min = 6 mm/s

key

97. Flywheel arms are usually of elliptical cross-section, the strength of the arms should equal _________the strength of the
shaft in torsion.
a) Three-fourths b) One-half c) Two-thirds d) One-fourth

Answer: a) Three-fourth

98. This alloy (nickel, iron, chromium, cobalt is a non-magnetic, corrosion resistant material suitable for sub-zero
temperatures and temperatures up to about 750 degrees F., provided that torsional stresses are kept below 75,000 pounds
per square inch. It is precipitation-hardened to produce hardnesses of 48 to 50 Rockwell C and is used in watch and
instrument springs.
a) Elinvar b) Monel c) Inconel d) Dynavar

Ans. d) Dynavar; source: Machinery’s handbook

99. To ensure an adequate factor of safety in the design of a shaft with standard keyway, the key width should be about:
a) One half of the shaft diameter b) One fourth of the shaft diameter
c) One eighth of the shaft diameter d) One third of the shaft diameter

Answer: b) One-fourth of the shaft diameter

Note: One-fourth of shaft diameter, as a guide in key selection for both square and flat rectangular keys.

100. `What is the property of matter that causes it to resist any change in its motion or state of rest?
a) Momentum b) Kinetic Energy c) Inertia d) Section modulus

Answer: c) Inertia

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE

MACHINE DESIGN

1. Compute the pitch angle of a bevel gear given the pinion’s number of teeth of 14 and 42 teeth on the gear.
a. 18.4º b. 28.4º c. 33.4º d. 38.4º

Solution:

Tp −1 14
Pitch angle. θ = tanˉ̄ ˡ
Tg
tan
42 ( )
=18.4 °

2. Compute the tooth thickness of 14½ spur gear with diameter pitch = 5.
a. 0.3979 b. 3.1831 c. 0.03141 d. 0.31416
Solution:

1.5708
Tooth Thickness. T = =0.31416∈.
5
3. What is the difference between a shaper and a planer?
a. the tool of the shaper moves while on the planer is stationary.
b. the shaper can perform slotting operation while the planer can not.
c. the shaper handles large oieces while the planer handle only small pieces.
d. the tool of the shaper moves in reciprocating motion while the tool in the planer moves in rotary motion.

4. If the weight of the 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 shafting is 174.5 kg, then what will be the weight of chromium
SAE 51416 of the same size?
a. 305.5 lbs b. 426.5 lbs. c. 384.7 lbs. d. 465.1 lbs
Solution:

Wt=174.5( 2.205)=384.7lb

5. A flywheel rotates at 120 rpm or 12.57 rad/sec slowed down to 102 rpm or 10.68 rad/sec during the punching operation
that requires ¾ second of the portion of the cycle. Compute the angular acceleration of the flywheel in rad/sec².
a. 2.52 rad/sec² b. 3.15 rad/sec² c. 2.75 rad/sec² d. 2.22 rad/sec²
key

Solution:

ωa =ω1 −ω2 ¿ 12.57−10.68 rad

¿❑= =2.52
3 3 sec
4 4

6. Determine the estimated weight of an A 36 steel plate size 3/16” x 6’ x 20’.

a. 919 lbs b. 1012 lbs c. 829 lbs d. 735 lbs

Solution:

3
W t =¿❑ Vol x density= ( 6 x 12 ) ( 20 x 12 )( 0.28364 )=919 lb ¿
16

7. The minimum clearance allowed for meshing spur gears with a circular pitch of 0.1571 and diametral pitch of 20. The spur
gear has 25 teeth.
a. 0.007855 b. 0. 008578 c. 0.007558 d. 0.007585

Solution:

Minimum Clearance, c = Whole Depth,ht- Working depth,hk

1.157 2.157 2.00 2.00

ht= = =0.10785 hk= = =0.10
Pd 20 Pd 20

c=0.10785−0.10=0.00785∈¿

0.1571 0.1571
Alternate solution: c= = =0.00785∈¿
Pd 20

8. A 3” dia. Short shaft carrying two pulleys close to the bearings transmit how much horsepower if the shaft makes 280
rpm?
a. 199 Hp b. 198 Hp c. 200 Hp d. 210 Hp
Solution:

D³N
P= =198.95=199 Hp
38

9. A truck skids to stop 60 m after the application of the brakes while travelling at 90 KPH. What is the acceleration in
m/sec²?
a. -5.21 m/sec² b. 6.36 m/sec² c. -7.06 m/sec² d. 5.76 m/sec²
Solution:

90 x 1000
V 3600 m
a= = =5.2083
2S 2(60) sec ²

10. The tooth thickness of the gear is 0.5 in. And its circular pitch is 1 in. Calculate the dedendum of the gear.
a. 0.3183 b.1.250 c. 0.3979 d. 0.1114
Solution:

1.5708 1.5708 1.5708

= Tooth thickness , t= , Pd= = =3.1416
Pd t 0.5
1 1
a= = =0.3183∈¿
Pd 3.1416

11.What modulus of elasticity in tension required to obtain a unit deformation of 0.00105 m from a load producing a unit
tensile stress of 44,000 psi?
a. 42.300 x 106psib. 41.202 x 106psi c. 43.101 x 106 psi d. 41.905 x 106 psi
key

Solution:

SL : SL S 44 000
α= , E= = = =41.947 x 10 6
E α α 0.00105
L

12. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a. 42,056 b. 52,480 c. 55,016 d. 44,031
Solution:

1.3
αE 25.4 )
( 6
( 30 x 10 )
SL : 13 004.826 lb
α= , S= = = 2
E L 3 ( 39.37 ) in

π 25 2
A= ( )
4 25.4
=0.7608i n2

F=SA=13004.826 ( 0.7608 i )=9 894.1=44 012.1 N

13. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. Find the diameter of the rod assuming a factor of
safety of 5 and ultimate stress of 64,000 psi.
a. 0.705 in. b. 0.891 in. c. 0.809 in. d. 0.773 in.
Solution:

NF 5(6000)
A= = =0.469∈²
St 64000

14. Choose the economical type of matterial for gears that give/sustain good operating quality/life for intended operation.
a. plane carbon steel b. High alloy steel c. All of these d. Heat treated carbon steel

15. In a uniformly loaded simple beam, the maximum vertical shearing force occurs
a. at the center
b. at the section of maximum moment
c. At beam bottom fiber
d. at either end support

16. The purpose of _________is to prevent gears from jamming together and making contact on vboth sides of their teeth
simultaneously.
a. tooth fillet b. stress relieving c. Backlash d. All of these

111 The use of hardened steel for the mating metal gear appears to give the best results and longer operational life. The usual
hardness is in the range of-
a. over 600 BHN b. 300 to 400 BHN c. Below 350 BHN d. 500 BHN

68. The most known lubricants being utilized in whatever category of load abd speed are oil, air, grease and dry lubricants
like-
a. bronze b.lead c. Silicon d. Graphite

69. The effective face width of a helical gear divided by gear axial pitch.
a. approach ratio b. arc of action c. Arc of recess d. Face overlap

20. The torsional deflection is a significant consideration in the design of shaft and the limit should be in the range of
_____degree/foot of length.
a. 0.4 to 1 b. 0.1 to 1 c. 0.08 to 1 d. 0.6 to 1

21. The steel rod 75 inches long with a cross sectional area of ¼ in.² is held virtically firm at one end while a load of 3,000
lbs. is suspended from the other end. If the rod stretches 0.025 inch, find the modulus of elasticity of the steel.
a. 36 x 106psi b. 11.5 x 106 psi c. 30 x 106 psi d. 27 x 106 psi
Solution:

3000
S= =17000 psi
0.25
key

SL 17000 (75)
E= = =36 x 10⁶ psi
α 0.025

22. What would be the weight of the flywheel in kg if the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the weight of the hub and
arms. Given the outside diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in. and 18 in. respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume
steel flywheel)
a. 140.95 kg b. 160.95 kg c. 200.95 kg d. 152.95 kg
Solution:

24−18 24+18
t= =3∈. w=4.5∈. Dm= =21∈. L=πDm=π ( 21 )=65.973∈.
2 2

A=3 x 4.5=13.5 ¿2 Vol =13.5 ( 65.973 )=890.63∈³

Wrim=Volx ρ=0.284 ( 890.63 )=252.94 lb

Wf =¿

23. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness
is 1 inch the length of the plate which can be sheared is:
a. 40.55 in. b.10.55 in. c. 12.75 in. d. 17.56 in.
Solution:

E=29 264 ft =lb Su=40 000 psi t=1∈. A=tL

29264
1 E =351 168lb
Sus= Su=20 000 psi E=W =Fx F= = 1
2 x
12

F F 351 168
Sus= = l= =17.558∈.
A tL 1 ( 30 000 )

24. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 rpm while it gives up 8,000
ft-lb of energy. What is the coefficient of fluctuation?
a. 0.069 b. 0.015 c. 0.082 d. 0.020

Solution:

N 1−N 2 N 1 + N 2 300+280
Cf = N= = =290
N 2 2

300−280
Cf = =0.069
290

25. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a failure prediction theory?
a. Von Mises criterion b. Coulumb-Mohr theory c. Maximum-shear-stress theory d. Modified Mohr theory

26. This is the theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that damage at any stress level, is proportional to number of
cycles. What is this theory commonly called?
a. Miner’s rule b. Goodman rule c. Paris power law d. Manson-Coffin Relationship

72. How do you call a ball bearing with race containing pronounced groove for rolling elements?
a. Crown bearing b. Angular contact bearing c. Condrad bearing d. Cylindrical bearing

28. This is a machining process for producing internal straight cylindrical surface or profiles, with process characteristics and
tooling similar to those for turning operations. What is this machining process?
a.Boring b. Drilling c. Reaming d. Milling

29. What is a set of specification for parts, material, or processes intended to achieve uniformity, efficiency, and a specified
quality.
a. Code b. Standard c. Law d. Theorem

30. This is a set of specifications for the analysis, design, manufacture, and construction of something, the purpose of which
is to achieve a specified degree of safety, sefficiency, and performance or quality. How do you call this set of specifications?
key

a. Code b. Standard c. Law d. Theorem

31. This is used either for very accurate angular measurements or for locating work at a given andle, is used together with
precision gage blocks. What is this?
a. Protractor b. Compound rest c. Sine bar d. Micrometer

33. Split pulley or pulley made of saparate section bolted together at the rim, the maximum speed should be limited to about
______% of the maximum speed of solid pulley.
a. 65 – 75% b. 45 – 50% c. 55 to 60% d. 80 to 90%

83. Type of bolt commonly used in the construction that is threaded both ends:
a. Stud bolt b. Acme threaded bolts c. Square threaed bolts d. Hex bolts

34. Kind of thread that is generally used:

a. UNEC b. UNC c. UNF d. UNEF

35.The center of gravity of a solid pyramid or cone with a total height of H is:
a. ¼H b. 3/5H c. 1/3H d. ½H

36. What is the difference between brass and bronze?

a. Brass is composed of copper and zinc while bronze is composed of copper and tin.
b. Brass is composed of copper and zinc while bronze is basically copper and tin plus non-ferrous alloy such as
manganese, aluminum, chromium
c. Bronze is reddish in color while brass is a mixture of copper and antimony
d. Bronze is mostly an alloy of copper and tin while brass is a mixture of copper and antimony.

37. The first derivative with respect to velocity of kinetic energy is:
a. Power b. acceleration c. Momentum d. None of these

38. How long will it take to mill ¾” x 2” long keyway in a 3 “ diameter shafting with a 24 tooth-cutter turning 100 rpm and
0.005 “ feed/tooth?
a. 0.136 min b, 0.196 min c. 0.166 min d. 0.106 min

39. A liquid metal:

a. Mercury b. Lead c. Zinc d. Aluminum

40.Metals are conductive because

a. the electron is loosely bond to the nuclei and therefore mobile
b. having a characteristic of metallic luster.
c. they are on the left side of the periodic table
d. they have extra electrons as exhibited by normally posible balance state.

41. The purpose of these parts in application are to have better bearings to seal the guard against marring, etc.
a. bearing journal b. metalic seal c. Washer d. Shaft seal

42. A furnace used in melting non-ferrous metals

a. cupola furnace b. crucible furnace c. Induction furnace d. Tempering furnace

93. Two idlers of 28T and 25T are introduced between the 24T pinion with the turning speed of 400 rpm driving a final 96T
gear. What would be the final speed of the driven gear and its direction relative to the driving gear rotation?
a. 120rpm and opposite direction b. 80rpm and the same direction
c. 100rpm and opposite direction d. 100rpm and the same direction

44. All are associated with standard material specification except:

a. American Iron and Steel Institute b. Society of Automotive Engineers
c. Southeast Asia Iron and Steel Institute d. American Society for Testing Materials

45. The allowable stresses that are generally used in practice are 4 ksi for main power transmitting shaft, 6 ksi for line shaft
carrying pulleys and 8.5 ksi for small short shaft/countershaft, etc. With these allowable stresses what will be the simplified
formula to determine transmitted HP, diameter of the shaft or even the rpm (N)?
a. HP = D3N/80 b. HP = D3N/53.5 c. All of these d. HP = D3N/38

46. Machine tool used for laying straight lines on metal surfaces made of sharp tool steel is called
a. plain scriber b. trammel c. Hermaphrodite caliper d. Divider

47. A lathe machine threading mechanism

a. reverse gear and lever b. spindle gear c. Change stud gear d. All of these

48. A lathe wigh multiple cutting stations

a. turret lathe b. horizontal lathe c. vertical lathe d. Manual lathe
key

49. Length of contact between two mating parts in a screw and nut threads measured axially is called
a. Ard of contact b. Depth of engagement c. Length of engagement d. Axis of contact

50.Which of the following is not used to resemble the shape of a tool bit
a. round nose b. center cut c. square nose d. thread cutting

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN
MULTIPLE CHOICE :

1. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique
combination of wide raging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a. Tungsten b. Titanium c. Vanadium d. Molybdenum

2. Which of the following is the lightest structural metals?

a. Aluminum b. Copper c. Magnesium d. Manganese

3. This process reduces internal stresses, caused by machining, cold working, or welding, by heating the steel to a
temperature below the critical range and holding it these long enough to equalize the temperature throughout the piece.
a. Annealing b. Normalizing c. Tempering d. Stress Relieving

4. A free cutting steel has a higher _______content than comparable carbon steel.
a. Sulfur b. Cobalt c. Nickle d. Chromium

5. This property designates the steels resistance to the softening effect of elevated temperature.
a. Hot hardness b. Machinability c. Toughness d. Elasticity

6. Use of hard solders, silver solders and smelter solders which have silver, copper, or nickle bases and have melting points
above 800 degrees F is known as ________.
a. Soldering b. Welding c. Brazing d. Any of these

7. In braking. The term backstop refers to a brake that is:

a.Self locking in one direction b. Self energizing
c. Self locking in both direction d. Any of these

8. How do you call a fixed crane consisting of a supported vertical member from which extends horizontal swinging arm
carrying a trolley hoist or other hoisting mechanism.
a. Jib crane b. Gantry crane c. Overhead crane d. Tower crane

9. This iron is also known as a ductile cast iron. How do you call this iron?
a. Malleable iron b. Nodular cast iron c. White cast iron d. Gray cast iron

10. It is the ability to deform plastically to compensate for irregularities in bearing assembly. How do you call this?
a. Plasticity b. Conformability c. Embeddability d. Elasticity

11. Newton’s Law of motion that describes that if a force acts to change the state of motion of the body, the body offers a
resistance equal and directly opposite to the force.
a. Second law b. Third law c. First law d. Universal gravitation

12. These are steels most widely used of engineering materials. No other material offers comparable versatility for product
design.
a. Wrought steels b. Low carbon steels c. Medium carbon steels d. Tool steels

13. Which of the following steels does not respond to heat treatment?
a. SAE 1045 b. AISI 6150 c. SAE 1020 d. SAE 1095

 Low carbon steels (0.3% C and lower) do not readily respond to heat treatment.

14. What is the element added to steel to improve its machinability?

a. Carbon b. Sulfur c. Cobalt d. Chromium

15. Which of the following information is FALSE regarding steel that has increased carbon content?
a. Its strength is increased b. Its BHN become greater
c. Its ductility is improved c. Its % reduction or elongation is reduced

16. Rivet holes are made usually ___ inch larger in diameter than the nominal diameter of the rivet.
a. ⅛ b. ¼ c.1/32 d. 1/16
key

17. Which of the following equations/formulas does not belong to the group?
a. Lame’s equation b. Euler’s formula c. J.B. Johnson’s equation d. Secant formula

18. In CNC programming, which of the following G-code commands is for dwell or rest?
a. G01 b. G04 c. G03 d. G02

 G04 is for dwell or rest; G01 is for linear interpolation; G02 is for circular interpolation CW; G03 is for
circular interpolation CCW.

19. In CNC programming, which of the following M code commands is for a tool change?
a. M06 b. M04 c. M03 d. M10

 M06 is for a tool change; M03 is for spindle start CW; M04 is for spindle startCCW; M10 is for chuck open.

20. Which of the following is the material description referring to unique properties is three mutually perpendicular planes?
a. Isotropy b. Anisotropy c. Orthotropy d. Isometry

21. The true stress-strain curve in a stress-strain diagram appears to be:

a. Lower than the the engineering stress-strain curve
b. Higher than the engineering stress-strain curve
c. The same as the engineering stress-strain curve
c. Symmetrical with the engineering stress-strain curve
272. This is a hardening treatment for steels having low carbon content.
a. Tempering b. Case hardening c. Normalizing d. Anodizing

23. What is the manufacturing process used for the production of aluminum?
a. Forging b. Extrusion c. Blow molding d. Injection molding

24. This refers to a loss of material from the interface of two metal surfaces that are in intimate contact. How do you call this?
a. Interfacing b. Interference c. Wear d. Freeting corrosion

25. This is the type of fit that requires heating the hub to expand its inside diameter. What do you call this type of fit?
a. Expansion fit b. Force fit c. Shrink fit c. Any of these

26. AFBMA is an acronym for an association involve in what machine elements?

a. Ball and roller bearings b. Journal bearings
c. Flat belts and other types d. Any type of gears

 AFBMA means Anti Friction Bearing Manufacturer’s Association and is concerned with rolling element
bearings such as ball, roller, and needle bearings.

27. What is the general description for mild steels.

a. Medium carbon steel b. Low carbon steels c. High carbon steel d. Cold rolled steel

28. Von Mises theory is the other term used for

a. Maximum principal stress theory b. Octahedral shear-stress theory
c. Maximum shear-stress theory d. Energy distortion theory

29. A type of key in which width and thickness are equal us called as:
a. Flat key b. Square key c. Pin key d. Barth key

30. In the design of key, the typical lengths are in accordance with the following relation where D is the shaft diameter.
a. 1.25D to 2.4D b. 0.5 to 1.25D c. 2.4D to 3.5D d. Depends on shaft diameter

31. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather, fabric, and/
or plastic material into two flanges.
a. Flexible disk coupling b. Flexible toroidal spring coupling
c. Flexible Oldham coupling d. Elastic material bonded coupling

32. It is a machine member that supports another part that rotates, slides, or oscillates in or on it.
a. Pulley b. Key c. Bearing d. Shaft

33. It is a bearing that permits constrained relative motion of rigid parts; lubricant is generally inserted or supplied between
the mating surfaces to reduce friction and wear, and carry away the heat generated.
a. Sliding contact bearing b. Rolling contact bearing
c. Thrust bearing d. Journal bearing

34. These are surfaces that do not conform to each other very well as in the rolling-element bearings.
a. Conformal surfaces b. Non-conformal surfaces
c. Sliding surfaces c. Rolling surfaces
key

35. The study of lubrication, friction, and wear of moving or stationary parts is known as:
a. Lubrication tribology c. Hydrodynamics d. Hydrostatics

36. A bearing where surfaces are non-conformed and motion is primarily rolling; it composed of rolling elements interposed
between an outer ring and inner ring.
.
a. Sliding element bearing b. Rolling-element bearing
b. Conformal surfaces bearing d. Non-conformal surfaces bearing
37. In a straight bevel gear, how do you call the angle between an element on the pitch cone and an element on the face cone?
a. Face angle b. Pitch angle c. Addendum angle d. Dedendum angle

38. It is Grashof four-bar mechanism in which the shortest link is the frame ot fixed link and the other twocranks completely
rotate with their aces. How do you call this Grashof four-bar mechanism?
a. Drag-link mechanism b. Crank-rocker mechanism
c. Double-rocker mechanism c. Triple-rocker mechanism

39. “For a Planar four-bar linkage, the sum of the shortest and longest lengths can not be greater than the sum of the
remaining two link lengths if there is to be a continuous relative rotation between two members.” How do you call the
preceeding statement?
a. Grubler’s law b. Coriolle’s law c. Grashof’s law d. Freudentein’s law

40. Which of the following is not true for an instant center or centro of planar linkages?
a. Centro is a point common to two bodies having the same velocity in each.
b. Centro is a point in one body about which another body does not rotate.
c. Centro is a point in one body which another body actually turns.
d. Centro is a point in one body about which another body tends to turn.

41. This is the most common work holding device of a shaper machine with the base graduated in degrees that make it
possible to swivel any angle. What is this working device?
a. Shaper vise b. Parralel bars and hold down bars c. Lathe holder d. Swivel head

42. This is the shaper operation, which is shaping the given stock and having the excess material remain with a tolerable
allowance for finishing. How do you call this operation?
a. Roughing b. Finishing c. Angular cutting d. Contouring

43. How do you call a cutting tool that has two or more cutting edges as in drill presses and milling machine cutters?
a. Grinder b. Single-point cutting tool c. Multi-point cutting tool d. Two-point
cutting tool

44. This is the tradename for a patented alloy made up chiefly of cobalt, chromium, and tungsten in varying proportions.
What is this trade name?
a. Stelite b. Carboloy c. Stainless steel d. Copper

45. It is called as the transformation of concepts and ideas into useful machinery. What is this?
a. Design b. Synthesis c. Analysis d. Theorem

46. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that transforms, transmits, or uses energy, load, or motion for
a specific purpose. How do you call this?
a. Mechanism b. Engine c. Machine d. Linkage

47. It is defined as synergistic collection of machine elements; synergistic because as a design it represents an idea or concept
greater than the sum of the sum of individual pats. What is this system
a. System of mechanisms b. Mechanical system c. Design system d. Expert system

48. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a solid and as the result of stress. How do you call this?
a. Deformation b. Elongation c. Strain d. Stress

49. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that produces maximum principal normal stress or
minimum principal normal stress, with third principal stress between or equivalent to the extremes?
a. Principal shear stress b. Principal normal stress
c. Maximum shear stress d. Bending and shear stress

50. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to franture?

a. Toughness b. Rigidity c. Resilience d. Stiffness

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE

MACHINE DESIGN
key

1. The diameter of acircle coinciding with the top of the teeth of an internal gear :
a. diametral pitch c. pitch diameter
b. mean diameter d. internal diameter

2. Used to produce a variety of surfaces using a circular type of cutter with multiple teeth :
a. lathe machine c. milling machine
b. shaper d. drilling machine

3. A welding operation in which a non ferrous filler metal melts at a temperature below that of a metal joined but is heated
above 1500C :
a. oxy-acetylene welding c. electric arc welding
b. brazing d. resistance welding

4. The depth of tooth space below the pitch circle :

a.whole depth c. dedendum
b. working depth d. addendum

5. Joining metals by means of high current at low voltage and during the passage of current, pressure by the
electrodes produces a force of weld :
a. soldering c. brazing
b. electric arc welding d. resistance welding

6. The uniting of two pieces of metal by means of a different metal which is applied between the two in
molten state :
a. brazing c. soldering
b. resistance welding d. electric arc welding

7. A fusion process in which the metal is heated to a state of fusion permitting it to flow into a solid joint:
a. electric arc welding c. oxy-acetylene welding
b. resistance welding d. brazing

8. The moment of inertia of a rectangle whose base is B, and the height H is about its base is equal to :
a. BH3 / 12 c. BH3 / 3
3
b. BH / 4 d. BH3 / 36

9. The tooth thickness of a spur gear is equal to 1.5708/Pd ; where Pd is the diametral pitch. Find the tooth
thickness if the circular pitch is 1.570 inches.
a. 1 in. c. 0.6283 in.
b. 0.7854in. d. 0.3927 in.

Solution:

π π
PdPc = π Pd= = =2
Pc 1.570

1.5708
Tooth Thickness. T = =0.7854∈.
2
10. The pitch radius of a module 5, 20-tooth spur gear is :
a. 55 mm c. 46 mm
b. 50 mm d. 60 mm

Solution:

Pd
m= =Pd=mNp=5 ( 20 )=100 mm
Np

Pd 100
Pr =
2
= ( )
2
=50 mm

11. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14cm and wall thickness of 0.80 cm transmit 200 KW at 400
rpm. What will be the angular deflection of the shaft in degrees if the length is 5 meters ? Modulus
of rigidity is 12,000,000 PSI.
a. 0.85 c. 1.94
b. 1.14 d. 2.44

Solution:
key

9550(200)
T= =4 775 N . m=4 775 000 N . mm
400
N
6
180 TL π
θ( )
π
=
JG
J = ( 1404 −1244 ) ,G=12 x 10 6 psi=82.714 x 10 m m
32
2

4.775 x 10⁶ (5000)(180)

θ= =1.14 °
π (14.5 x 10 6)(82,714 x 103 )

12. A transmission system has two spur gears in mesh having a speed ratio of 5:2 . The number of teeth of the
pinion is 20 and the diametral pitch is 3. Determine the distance between the centers of the gears.
a. 11.67 in. c. 10 in.
b. 23.33 in. d.9.78 in.

Solution:

5
Np = 20T Ng = SRNp = ( 20 ) =50T
2

Np 20 Ng 50
D 1= = =6.667∈. D 2= = =16.667∈.
Pd 3 Pd 3

D 1+ D 2 6.667+16.667
C= = =11.67 ∈.
2 2

13. A cylindrical tank has an inside diameter of 6 meters and is subjected to an internal pressure of 120 KPa.
Determine the wall thickness of the tank if the allowable tangential stress is 40 MPa.
a. 9 mm c. 8 mm
b. 10 mm d. 12mm

Solution:

PDᵢ 120 ( 6 )
Ss=
2t
40 000 =
2t( )
t = 9 mm

14. Cold working materials :

a. does not change the fatigue strength c. increases the fatigue strength
b. decreases the fatigue strength d. none of these
15. In a standard coarse thread bolt, the stress concentration I maximum at :
a. flank c. top surface
b. root d. all over the area

16. The form coefficient of a spring is :

a. load per unit deflection c. load per spring area
b. its capacity to store energy d. ratio of coil diameter to wire diameter

17. Belt slip may take place because of :

a. a loose load c. driving pulley too small
b. heavy belt d. all of these

18. An open belt drive connects a 450 mm driving pulley to another driven pulley 100 mm in diameter. The
belt is 300 mm wide and 10 mm thick. Determine the arc of contact of the driven pulley in degrees if the
center distance between shafts is 4 meters.
a. 185.8 c. 189.8
b. 187.8 d. 191.8

Solution:
key

θ= ( 450−100
4000
+ π )(
180
π )
=185.013°

19. A multi-disc clutch consist of 10 steel discs and 9 bronze discs. The effective outside and inside
diameters are 20.32 cm and 15.24 cm respectively. If the axial force of 540 Newtons is applied and the
shaft turns at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity. Assume coefficient of friction of 0.27.
a. 30 c. 50
b. 40 d. 20
Solution:

n=( 10+9 ) −1=18 pairs

3 3

[( )]
0.2032 0.1524
2 r ₒ 3−r ᵢ3 2 ( 2 ) (
−
2 )
T =nfFa r f r f = ( 2
3 r ₒ −r ᵢ 2) ()
=
3 0.2032 2
0.1524 2
=0.0895∈¿
( 2 ) (
−
2 )
T =18 ( 0.27 ) ( 540 ) ( 0.0895 )=234.9 N /m

234.9 ( 1200 )
P= =29.514 kW =40 Hp
9550

20. A solid steel shaft is subjected to a constant torque of 2260 N-m. The ultimate strength and yield strength
of the shafting material are 668 MPa and 400 MPa respectively. Assume a factor of safety of 2 based on yield
point and endurance strength in shear, determine the diameter of the shaft in inches.
a. 1.915 c. 1.715
b. 2.315 d. 2.715
Solution:

Sys 0.6 Sy 0.6 ( 400 ) 16 T

Ssd= = = =120 MPa=
N N 2 π d3

16 ( 2.26 x 106 )
d=
√ 3

π (120 )
=¿ 45.78 mm=1.8∈. ¿

21. One of the conditions of thick walled cylinder of pressure vessel is :

a. t/d is greater than 0.07 c. t/d is greater than unity
b. t/d is less than 0.07 d. t/d is greater than or equal to 0.707

22. Is a surface hardening accomplished by heating certain steel alloys immersed in ammonia fumes :
a. nitriding c. carburizing
b. cyaniding d. casehardening

23. A process of heating a metal to a temperature slightly above the critical temperature and then cooling
slowly in the furnace, to produce an even grain structure, to reduce the hardness, and increase the
ductility, usually at a reduction of strength is called :
a. quenching c. annealing
b. nitriding d. cyaniding

24. Is a hardening treatment which consist of rapid cooling from above the critical temperature by immersion
in cold water or other cooling medium :
a. normalizing c. quenching
b. annealing d. tempering

25. The process of reheating the quenched metal below critical temperature to restore some of the ductility
and reduce the brittleness is called :
a. tempering c. carburizing
b. normalizing d. annealing

26. The process of heating metal to plastic range, then applying pressure from a press or hammer to obtain
desired shapes is called :
a. hot rolling c. nitriding
key

b. forging d. drawing

27. An alloy of copper, tin, and a small amount of phosphorus :

a. brass c. wrought nickel
b. bronze d. zinc

28. An alloy of copper and zinc, containing 45 to 90 percent copper and small amount of iron, lead, and tin
as impurities :
a. brass c. zinc
b. bronze d. wrought

29. An alloy iron with 30% nickel, has a very low coefficient of heat expansion, making it useful for
measuring instruments :
a. inconel c. wrought iron
b. invar d. none of these

30. In a roller chain drive, the center-to-center distance between the sprockets, as a general rule, should be
between ___________ times the pitch.
a. 30 to 50 c. 60 to 80
b. 45 to 65 d. 75 to 95

31. What property of matter which causes it to resist any change in its motion or state of rest ?
a. momentum c. impulse
b. inertia d. friction

32. What horsepower can a 1-inch diameter short shaft transmit at 380 rpm ?
a. 3 c. 10
b. 7.1 d. 18
Solution:

D3 N
P= for short shaft PSME Code
38

( 1 )3 (380)
P= =10 Hp
38

33. If the ultimate shear of a steel plate is 35,000 PSI, what force is necessary to punch 1.5 inches in diameter
in a 1/8 inch thick plate ?
a. 61,850 lb c. 30,925 lb
b. 41,234 lb d. 20,617 lb
Solution:

F=PA=35000 ( π ) ( 1.5 ) ( 18 )=20616.7 lb

34. If a cube of mass 200 kg is being moved on a conveyor at a speed of 3 meters per second, what is the
kinetic energy of the cube in joules ?
a. 900 c. 1300
b. 1000 d. 1100
Solution:

1 1
KE= m v 2= ( 200 ) ( 3 )2=900 N . m∨Joules
2 2

35. Instrument used to analyze the composition of metals :

a. spectrometer c. ultimate analyzer
b. radiometer d. profilometer

36. An impact test is used to test a metal for :

a. strength c. toughness
b. ductility d. hardness

37. Deals only with motion of bodies without reference to the force that cause them ;
a. dynamics c. statics
b. kinetics d. kinematics
key

38. A type of bolt commonly used in the construction that is threaded in both ends :
a. hex bolt c. stud bolt
b. acme threaded bolt d. square threaded bolt

39. Which is not a heat treatment process :

a. sintering c. hardening
b. annealing d. tempering

40. A hollow shaft with 100 mm outside diameter and 86.55 mm inside diameter is to be replaced with a solid shaft of equal
torsional strength. Find the diameter of the solid shaft inmm.
a. 56 c. 76
b. 66 d. 86
Solution:

16 T T ro T Do 16 T Do
Ss= for solid shaft , Ss= = = 2 2
for hollow shaft
πD ³ π 2π
( D ₒ 2−D ᵢ2 ) (D ₒ 2 −D ᵢ2) π ( D ₒ − D ᵢ )
32 32

16 T 16 T D o 16 T 16 T Do 1 Do
= = =
πD ³ π ( D ₒ −D ᵢ ) πD ³ π (D ₒ −D ᵢ ) D ³ ( D ₒ −D ᵢ2 )
2 2 2 2 2

100⁴−86.55 ⁴
D=
√
3

100
=¿ 75.99 mm¿

41. Arc of the pitch circle through which a tooth travels from a point of contact with the mating tooth to the pitch point of the
gear.
a. arc of recess c. arc of approach
b. arc of action d. arc of relief

42.Is an auxiliary circle used in involute gearing to generate the tooth profile :
a. addendum circle c. base circle
b. dedendum circle d. pitch circle

43. When mesh with a gear, it is used to change rotary motion to reciprocating motion :
a. cam c. flywheel
b. spindle d. gear rock

44. The angle through which the gear turns from the time a particular pair of teeth come into contact iscalled :
a. angle of recess c. pressure angle
b. angle of action d. angle of approach

45. In a worm gearing, the axial distance that a helix advances in one turn is called :
a. pitch c. lead
b. helix d. thread

46. Device used to measure the speed accurately :

a. speedometer c. tachometer
b. dial indicator d. dial gauge

47. A system of forces in space is in equilibrium. If two equal and opposite collinear forces are added, which of the following
if any is true ?
a. equilibrium is destroyed c. an unbalance of moment exist
b. equilibrium is maintained d. none of these is true

48. Permanent deformation or strain may occur without fracture :

a. malleability c. ductility
b. elasticity d. plasticity

49. The ability of a metal to be deformed considerably without rupture is called :

a. plasticity c. malleability
b. ductility d. all of these

50. It is a science of motion that can be solved in terms of scalar or vector algebra :
a. projectiles c. kinematics
b. acceleration d. curvilinear translation

51. Compute the pitch angle of a bevel gear given the pinion’s number of teeth of 14 and 42 teeth on the gear.
a. 18.4º b. 28.4º c. 33.4º d. 38.4º
key

Solution:

Tp −1 14
Pitch angle. θ = tanˉ̄ ˡ
Tg
tan
42( )
=18.4 °

52. Compute the tooth thickness of 14½ spur gear with diameter pitch = 5.
a. 0.3979 b. 3.1831 c. 0.03141 d. 0.31416
Solution:

1.5708
Tooth Thickness. T = =0.31416∈.
5
53. What is the difference between a shaper and a planer?
a. the tool of the shaper moves while on the planer is stationary.
b. the shaper can perform slotting operation while the planer can not.
c. the shaper handles large pieces while the planer handle only small pieces.
d. the tool of the shaper moves in reciprocating motion while the tool in the planer moves in rotary motion.

54. If the weight of the 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 shafting is 174.5 kg, then what will be the weight of chromium
SAE 51416 of the same size?
a. 305.5 lbs b. 426.5 lbs. c. 384.7 lbs. d. 465.1 lbs
Solution:

Wt=174.5( 2.205)=384.7lb

55. A flywheel rotates at 120 rpm or 12.57 rad/sec slowed down to 102 rpm or 10.68 rad/sec during the punching operation
that requires ¾ second of the portion of the cycle. Compute the angular acceleration of the flywheel in rad/sec².
a. 2.52 rad/sec² b. 3.15 rad/sec² c. 2.75 rad/sec² d. 2.22 rad/sec²
Solution:

ωa =ω1 −ω2 ¿ 12.57−10.68 rad

¿❑= =2.52
3 3 sec
4 4

56. Determine the estimated weight of an A 36 steel plate size 3/16” x 6’ x 20’.
a. 919 lbs b. 1012 lbs c. 829 lbs d. 735 lbs

Solution:

3
W t =¿❑ Vol x density= ( 6 x 12 ) ( 20 x 12 )( 0.28364 )=919 lb ¿
16

57. The minimum clearance allowed for meshing spur gears with a circular pitch of 0.1571 and diametral pitch of 20. The
spur gear has 25 teeth.
a. 0.007855 b. 0. 008578 c. 0.007558 d. 0.007585

Solution:

Minimum Clearance, c = Whole Depth,ht- Working depth,hk

1.157 2.157 2.00 2.00

ht= = =0.10785 hk= = =0.10
Pd 20 Pd 20

c=0.10785−0.10=0.00785∈¿

0.1571 0.1571
Alternate solution: c= = =0.00785∈¿
Pd 20
key

58. A 3” dia. Short shaft carrying two pulleys close to the bearings transmit how much horsepower if the shaft makes 280
rpm?
a. 199 Hp b. 198 Hp c. 200 Hp d. 210 Hp
Solution:

D³N
P= =198.95=199 Hp
38

59. A truck skids to stop 60 m after the application of the brakes while travelling at 90 KPH. What is the acceleration in
m/sec²?
a. -5.21 m/sec² b. 6.36 m/sec² c. -7.06 m/sec² d. 5.76 m/sec²
Solution:

90 x 1000
V 3600 m
a= = =5.2083
2S 2(60) sec ²

60. The tooth thickness of the gear is 0.5 in. And its circular pitch is 1 in. Calculate the dedendum of the gear.
a. 0.3183 b.1.250 c. 0.3979 d. 0.1114
Solution:

1.5708 1.5708 1.5708

= Tooth thickness , t= , Pd= = =3.1416
Pd t 0.5
1 1
a= = =0.3183∈¿
Pd 3.1416

61.What modulus of elasticity in tension required to obtain a unit deformation of 0.00105 m from a load producing a unit
tensile stress of 44,000 psi?
a. 42.300 x 106psib. 41.202 x 106psi c. 43.101 x 106 psi d. 41.905 x 106 psi

Solution:

SL : SL S 44 000
α= , E= = = =41.947 x 10 6
E α α 0.00105
L

62. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a. 42,056 b. 52,480 c. 55,016 d. 44,031
Solution:

1.3
αE 25.4 )
( 6
( 30 x 10 )
SL : 13 004.826 lb
α= , S= = = 2
E L 3 ( 39.37 ) in

π 25 2
A= ( )
4 25.4
=0.7608i n2

F=SA=13004.826 ( 0.7608 i )=9 894.1=44 012.1 N

63. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. Find the diameter of the rod assuming a factor of
safety of 5 and ultimate stress of 64,000 psi.
a. 0.705 in. b. 0.891 in. c. 0.809 in. d. 0.773 in.
Solution:

NF 5(6000)
A= = =0.469∈²
St 64000

64. Choose the economical type of material for gears that give/sustain good operating quality/life for intended operation.
a. plane carbon steel b. High alloy steel c. All of these d. Heat treated carbon steel
key

65. In a uniformly loaded simple beam, the maximum vertical shearing force occurs
a. at the center
b. at the section of maximum moment
c. At beam bottom fiber
d. at either end support

66. The purpose of _________is to prevent gears from jamming together and making contact on vboth sides of their teeth
simultaneously.
a. tooth fillet b. stress relieving c. Backlash d. All of these

67. The use of hardened steel for the mating metal gear appears to give the best results and longer operational life. The usual
hardness is in the range of-
a. over 600 BHN b. 300 to 400 BHN c. Below 350 BHN d. 500 BHN

68. The most known lubricants being utilized in whatever category of load abd speed are oil, air, grease and dry lubricants
like-
a. bronze b.lead c. Silicon d. Graphite

69. The effective face width of a helical gear divided by gear axial pitch.
a. approach ratio b. arc of action c. Arc of recess d. Face overlap

70. The torsional deflection is a significant consideration in the design of shaft and the limit should be in the range of
_____degree/foot of length.
a. 0.4 to 1 b. 0.1 to 1 c. 0.08 to 1 d. 0.6 to 1

71. The steel rod 75 inches long with a cross sectional area of ¼ in.² is held vertically firm at one end while a load of 3,000
lbs. is suspended from the other end. If the rod stretches 0.025 inch, find the modulus of elasticity of the steel.
a. 36 x 106psi b. 11.5 x 106 psi c. 30 x 106 psi d. 27 x 106 psi
Solution:

3000
S= =17000 psi
0.25

SL 17000 (75)
E= = =36 x 10⁶ psi
α 0.025

72. What would be the weight of the flywheel in kg if the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the weight of the hub and
arms. Given the outside diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in. and 18 in. respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume
steel flywheel)
a. 140.95 kg b. 160.95 kg c. 200.95 kg d. 152.95 kg
Solution:

24−18 24+18
t= =3∈. w=4.5∈. Dm= =21∈. L=πDm=π ( 21 )=65.973∈.
2 2

A=3 x 4.5=13.5 ¿2 Vol =13.5 ( 65.973 )=890.63∈³

Wrim=Volx ρ=0.284 ( 890.63 )=252.94 lb

Wf =¿

73. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness
is 1 inch the length of the plate which can be sheared is:
a. 40.55 in. b.10.55 in. c. 12.75 in. d. 17.56 in.
Solution:

E=29 264 ft =lb Su=40 000 psi t=1∈. A=tL

29264
1 E =351 168lb
Sus= Su=20 000 psi E=W =Fx F= = 1
2 x
12

F F 351 168
Sus= = l= =17.558∈.
A tL 1 ( 30 000 )
key

74. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 rpm while it gives up 8,000
ft-lb of energy. What is the coefficient of fluctuation?
a. 0.069 b. 0.015 c. 0.082 d. 0.020

Solution:

N 1−N 2 N 1 + N 2 300+280
Cf = N= = =290
N 2 2

300−280
Cf = =0.069
290

75. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a failure prediction theory?
a. Von Mises criterion b. Coulumb-Mohr theory c. Maximum-shear-stress theory d. Modified Mohr theory

76. This is the theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that damage at any stress level, is proportional to number of
cycles. What is this theory commonly called?
a. Miner’s rule b. Goodman rule c. Paris power law d. Manson-Coffin Relationship

77. How do you call a ball bearing with race containing pronounced groove for rolling elements?
a. Crown bearing b. Angular contact bearing c. Condrad bearing d. Cylindrical bearing

78. This is a machining process for producing internal straight cylindrical surface or profiles, with process characteristics and
tooling similar to those for turning operations. What is this machining process?
a.Boring b. Drilling c. Reaming d. Milling

79. What is a set of specification for parts, material, or processes intended to achieve uniformity, efficiency, and a specified
quality.
a. Code b. Standard c. Law d. Theorem

80. This is a set of specifications for the analysis, design, manufacture, and construction of something, the purpose of which
is to achieve a specified degree of safety, efficiency, and performance or quality. How do you call this set of specifications?
a. Code b. Standard c. Law d. Theorem

81. This is used either for very accurate angular measurements or for locating work at a given angle, is used together with
precision gage blocks. What is this?
a. Protractor b. Compound rest c. Sine bar d. Micrometer

82. Split pulley or pulley made of separate section bolted together at the rim, the maximum speed should be limited to about
______% of the maximum speed of solid pulley.
a. 65 – 75% b. 45 – 50% c. 55 to 60% d. 80 to 90%

83. Type of bolt commonly used in the construction that is threaded both ends:
a. Stud bolt b. Acme threaded bolts c. Square threaded bolts d. Hex bolts

84. Kind of thread that is generally used:

a. UNEC b. UNC c. UNF d. UNEF

85.The center of gravity of a solid pyramid or cone with a total height of H is:
a. ¼H b. 3/5H c. 1/3H d. ½H

86. What is the difference between brass and bronze?

a. Brass is composed of copper and zinc while bronze is composed of copper and tin.
b. Brass is composed of copper and zinc while bronze is basically copper and tin plus non-ferrous alloy such as
manganese, aluminum, chromium
c. Bronze is reddish in color while brass is a mixture of copper and antimony
d. Bronze is mostly an alloy of copper and tin while brass is a mixture of copper and antimony.

87. The first derivative with respect to velocity of kinetic energy is:
a. Power b. acceleration c. Momentum d. None of these

88. How long will it take to mill ¾” x 2” long keyway in a 3 “ diameter shafting with a 24 tooth-cutter turning 100 rpm and
0.005 “ feed/tooth?
a. 0.136 min b, 0.196 min c. 0.166 min d. 0.106 min

89. A liquid metal:

a. Mercury b. Lead c. Zinc d. Aluminum

90.Metals are conductive because

a. the electron is loosely bond to the nuclei and therefore mobile
key

b. having a characteristic of metallic luster.

c. they are on the left side of the periodic table
d. they have extra electrons as exhibited by normally possible balance state.

91. The purpose of these parts in application are to have better bearings to seal the guard against marring, etc.
a. bearing journal b. metallic seal c. Washer d. Shaft seal

92. A furnace used in melting non-ferrous metals

a. cupola furnace b. crucible furnace c. Induction furnace d. Tempering furnace

93. Two idlers of 28T and 25T are introduced between the 24T pinion with the turning speed of 400 rpm driving a final 96T
gear. What would be the final speed of the driven gear and its direction relative to the driving gear rotation?
a. 120rpm and opposite direction b. 80rpm and the same direction
c. 100rpm and opposite direction d. 100rpm and the same direction

94. All are associated with standard material specification except:

a. American Iron and Steel Institute b. Society of Automotive Engineers
c. Southeast Asia Iron and Steel Institute d. American Society for Testing Materials

95. The allowable stresses that are generally used in practice are 4 ksi for main power transmitting shaft, 6 ksi for line shaft
carrying pulleys and 8.5 ksi for small short shaft/countershaft, etc. With these allowable stresses what will be the simplified
formula to determine transmitted HP, diameter of the shaft or even the rpm (N)?
a. HP = D3N/80 b. HP = D3N/53.5 c. All of these d. HP = D3N/38

96. Machine tool used for laying straight lines on metal surfaces made of sharp tool steel is called
a. plain scriber b. trammel c. Hermaphrodite caliper d. Divider

97. A lathe machine threading mechanism

a. reverse gear and lever b. spindle gear c. Change stud gear d. All of these

9 8. A lathe weigh multiple cutting stations

a. turret lathe b. horizontal lathe c. vertical lathe d. Manual lathe
99. Length of contact between two mating parts in a screw and nut threads measured axially is called
a.Arc of contact b. Depth of engagement c. Length of engagement d. Axis of contact

100.Which of the following is not used to resemble the shape of a tool bit
a. round nose b. center cut c. square nose d. thread cutting

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN
MULTIPLE CHOICE :

1. A journal bearing with diameter of 76.2 mm is subjected to a load of 4900 N while rotating at 200 rpm. If its coefficient of
friction is 0.02 and the L/D = 2.5, find its projected area square mm.
a. 12,090 b. 14,165 c. 13,050 d. 14,516

2. The shaft whose torque varies from 2000 to 6000 lb-inch has 1.5 in. in diameter and 60,000 PSI yield strength. Compute
for the shaft mean average stress in PSI.
a. 5162 b. 5550 c. 6036 d. 6810

3. The diameter of a brass rod is 6 mm. What force will stretch it by 0.2% of its length ?
a. 5060 N b. 5090 N c. 9050 N d. 6050 N
-
4. The work cylinder of a hydraulic system is acted by a hydraulic pressure of 370 PSI while the maximum load of the piston
is 5500 pounds. If the allowable tensile stress is 2000 PSI, compute the required wall thickness in mm.
a. 11.37 b. 8.37 c. 5.37 d. 14.37

5. What power would a spindle 55 mm in diameter transmit at 480 rpm? The stress allowed for short shaft is 59 MPa.
a. 39.21 KW b. 42.12 KW c. 50.61 KW d. 96.8 KW

6. Compute the lineshaft diameter in mm to transmit 12 Hp at 180 rpm with torsional deflection of 0.08 degree per foot
length.
a. 60 mm b. 70 mm c. 80 mm d. 90 mm

7. A 2 inches solid shaft is driven by a 36 inches gear and transmits power at 120 rpm. If the allowable shearing stress is 12
KSI, what horsepower can be transmitted ?
key

a. 28.89 b. 31.89 c. 35.89 d. 39.89

8. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of 1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of one foot. If the weight of the rim is
30 lbs, what is the centrifugal force in KN ?
a. 65.45 b. 85.45 c. 95.45 d. 105.45

9. Compute the working strength of a one inch bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint when the allowable working
stress is 13,000 PSI.
a. 3,500 lb b. 3,600 lb c. 3,800 lb d. 3,900 lb

10. As recommended, the center distance between sprockets should not be less than _______ times the bigger sprocket.
a. 2.26 b. 1.75 c. 1.5 d. 2.56

11. Find the tooth thickness on the tooth circle of a 20 degree full depth involute tooth having a diametral pitch of 3, circular
pitch of 1.0472 and whole depth of tooth at 0.60.
a. 10.7 mm b. 10.1 mm c. 13.2 mm d. 7.9 mm

12. A property of material which relates the lateral strain to the longitudinal strain;
a. stress b. strain c. modulus of elasticity d. Poisson’s Ratio

13. The product of the resultant of all forces acting on a body and the time that the resultant acts ;
a. angular impulse b. angular momentum c. linear impulse d. linear momentum

14. All are associated with the grade of steel except ;

a. SAE 43XX b. SAE 13XX c. SAE 10XX d. SAE 74XX

15. The property that characterizes a material ability to be drawn into a wire ;
a. ductility b. endurance limit c. thermal conductivity d. tensile strength

16. What type of gear used for high speed operation ?

a. spur b. bevel c. worm d. helical

17. V-belt operate efficiently at a speed of about ;

a. 3600 FPM b. 4000 FPM c. 4,200 FPM d. 4,500 FPM

18. Deals only with the motion of the bodies without reference to the forces that cause them;
a. dynamics b. kinematics c. kinetics d. statics

19. The following pertain to joining of metals except ;

a. welding b. soldering c. casting d. brazing
20. Major and minor diameters are commonly used in ;
a. bolts b. gear c. spring d. all of these

21. Height of tooth above the pitch circle or the radial distance between pitch circle and top land of the tooth ;
a. top root b. addendum c. land d. hunting tooth

22. The moment of inertia of a rectangle whose base is b and height h about its base is ;
a. bh3/4 b. bh3/12 c.bh3/24 d. bh3/3

23. Continuous stretching under load even if the stress is less than the yield point ;
a. plasticity b. elasticity c. creep d. ductility

24. The concave portion of the tooth profile where it joins the bottom of the tooth ;
a. root circle b. fillet radius c. fillet d. fillet curves

25. The distance from a point on the screw thread to a corresponding point on the next thread measured along the axis ;
a. pitch b. flank c. lead d. crest

26. Which of the following is not used to temper steel ?

a. oil bath b. brine/salt bath c. water bath d. steam bath

27. Which of the following is not a kind of cast iron ?

a. gray iron b. white iron c. lead iron d. malleable iron

28. The process of working metals by the application of sudden blows or by steady pressure ;
a. broaching b. forging c. milling d. brazing

29. The property of steel which resists indention or penetration ;

a. hardness b. toughness c. ductility d. none of these

30. A machining operation whereby the tool reciprocates and the feed is stationary ;
a. planning b. turning c. shaping d. Milling
key

31. Which of the following G-codes refers to rapid traverse in CNC machining?
a. G00 b. G01 c. G02 d. G03

32. An acronym in CNC machining which means access of the machine operator to insert machining instruction directly into
the NC machine control system via push bottons, pressure pads, or other arrangements.
a. PMS b. FMC c. CIM d. MDI

 MDI – manual data input.

33. The variable polarity plasma arc (VPPA) process was developed for welding metals that form an oxide skin, such as
____________.
a. Steel b. Copper c. Cast iron d. Aluminum

34. Which of the following statements is NOT true?

a. The terms “Poloshing” and “buffing” are sometime applied to similar classes of work in different plants.
b. Polishing is any operation performed with wheels having abrasive glued to the working surfaces.
c. Buffing is done with wheels having the abrasice applied loosely.
d. Polishing is not so harsh an operation as buffing, and it is commonly utilized to obtain very fine surfaces
having a “grainless finish”

 Polishing is harsher then buffing.

35. If the steel is strong deoxidized by the addition of deoxidizing elements, no gas is involved, and the steel is technically
called ________ because it lies quietly in the molds.
a. Quenched b. Annealed c. Killed d. Tempered

36. Stainless steels generally contain at least ____per cent chromium, with or without other elements.
a. 18 b. 16 c. 12 d. 10

37. What grades of stainless steel are nonmagnetic in the annealed condition, although some may become slightly magnetic
after cold working? a. Ferritic grades b. Austenitic grades c. Martensitic grades d. Any of these

38. These steels (SAE Steels 1006, 1008, 1010, 1015) are the lowest carbon steels of the plain carbon type, and are selected
where____ is primarily requisite of the user.
a. Strength b. Cold formability c. Ductility d. Durability

39. Steel is heated to a temperature above the critical range, after which is colled in still air to produce a generally fine
pearlite structure. The purpose is to promote uniformity of structure and properties after a hot-working operation such as
forging or extrusion. What was the heat treament involved?
a. Annealing b. Normalizing c. Tempering d. Stress relieving

40. At certain speeds called the critical speeds, a rotating shaft will become dynamically unstable and the resulting vibrations
and deflections can result in damge not only to the shaft but to the machine of which it is a part. At what percentage of the
critical speed should a shaft be safely operated?
a. Plus or minus 20% b. Plus or minus 5% c. Plus or minus 10% d. Any of these

41. This is the most widely used of all spring materials for small springs operating at temperature up to about 250 degrees F.
It is tough, has a high tensile strength, and can witstand high stresses under repeated loading.
a. Music wire b. Hard drawn spring wire c. Oil tempered spring wire d. Stainless steel spring
wire

42. It is an acronynm in machining. This process uses an electrode to remove metal from a workpiece by generating electric
sparks between conducting surfaces.
a. MIG b. GMAW c. EDM d. CNC

 And: Electro-Discharge Machining (Source Machinery’s Handbook.

43. In die casting accurate parts made of steel, what shrinkage allowance in inch is recommended?
a. 0.011 b. 0.022 c. 0.033 d. 0.044

 Ans: 0.022 (Source Machinery’s Handbook.

44. This are gears used to connect shafts that are non-intersecting and non-parallel. They are a cross between spiaral bevel
gears and worm gears.
a. Helical gears b. Hypoid gears c. Planetary gears d. Bevel gears

45. This is the type of seal used where some form of relative motion occurs between rigid parts of an assembly.
a. Gasket b. Distorted seal c. Vibratory seal d. Dynamic seal

46. It is a lubrication for roller chains wherein the lubricants is supplied by a circulating pump capable of supplying the chain
drive with continuous flow of oil inside the chain loop evenly across the chain width and directly at the slack strand.
key

a. Oil stream lubrication b. Drip lubrication c. Bath lubrication d. Recirculated lubrication

47. In manufacturing, this is the operation of cutting out flat area to some desired shape and is usually the first step in a series
of operation.
a. Turning b. Facing c. Blanking d. Finishing

48. An M-code which generally refers to start spindle rotation in a clockwise direction.
a. M03 b. M04 c. M05 d. M06

 M03 –spindle start in a clockwise rotation.

49. A final operation to improve the polish of a metal and to bring out the maximum luster.
a. Finishing b. Surface grinding c. Broaching d. Buffing

50. Machining operations with the proper application of a cutting fluid generally has the following attributes except:
a. Higher cutting speed b. Lengthen tool life c. Higher feed rate d. Higher cutting accuracy

51. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the
unique combination of wide raging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a. Tungsten b. Titanium c. Vanadium d. Molybdenum

52. Which of the following is the lightest structural metals?

a. Aluminum b. Copper c. Magnesium d. Manganese

53. This process reduces internal stresses, caused by machining, cold working, or welding, by heating the steel to a
temperature below the critical range and holding it these long enough to equalize the temperature throughout the piece.
a. Annealing b. Normalizing c. Tempering d. Stress Relieving

54. A free cutting steel has a higher _______content than comparable carbon steel.
a. Sulfur b. Cobalt c. Nickle d. Chromium

55. This property designates the steels resistance to the softening effect of elevated temperature.
a. Hot hardness b. Machinability c. Toughness d. Elasticity

56. Use of hard solders, silver solders and smelter solders which have silver, copper, or nickle bases and have melting points
above 800 degrees F is known as ________.
a. Soldering b. Welding c. Brazing d. Any of these

57. In braking. The term backstop refers to a brake that is:

a.Self locking in one direction b. Self energizing
c. Self locking in both direction d. Any of these

58. How do you call a fixed crane consting of a supported vertical member from which extends horizontal swinging arm
carrying a trolley hoist or other hoisting mechanism.
a. Jib crane b. Gantry crane c. Overhaead crane d. Tower crane

59. This iron is also known as a ductile cast iron. How do you call this iron?
a. Malleable iron b. Nodular cast iron c. White cast iron d. Gray cast iron

60. It is the ability to deform plastically to compensate for irregularities in bearing assembly. How do you call this?
a. Plasticity b. Conformability c. Embeddability d. Elaticity

61. Newton’s Law of motion that describes that if a force acts to change the state of motion of the body, the body offers a
resistance equal and directly opposite to the force.
a. Second law b. Third law c. First law d. Universal gravitation

62. These are steels most widely used of engineering materials. No other material offers comparable versatility for product
design.
a. Wrought steels b. Low carbon steels c. Midium carbon steels d. Tool steels

63. Which of the following steels does not respond to heat treatment?
a. SAE 1045 b. AISI 6150 c. SAE 1020 d. SAE 1095

 Low carbon steels (0.3% C and lower) do not readily respond to heat treatment.

64. What is the element added to steel to improve its machinability?

a. Carbon b. Sulfur c. Cobalt d. Chromium

65. Which of the following information is FALSE regarding steel that has increased carbon content?
a. Its strength is increased b. Its BHN become greater
c. Its ductility is improved c. Its % reduction or elongation is reduced
key

66. Rivet holes are made usually ___ inch larger in diameter than the nominal diameter of the rivet.
a. ⅛ b. ¼ c.1/32 d. 1/16

67. Which of the following equations/formulas does not belong to the group?
a. Lame’s equation b. Euler’s formula c. J.B. Johnson’s equation d. Secant formula

68. In CNC programming, whic of the following G-code commands is for dwel or rest?
a. G01 b. G04 c. G03 d. G02

 G04 is for dwel or rest; G01 is for linear interolation; G02 is for circular interpolation CW; G03 is for
circular interpolation CCW.

69. In CNC programming, which of the following M code commands is for a tool change?
a. M06 b. M04 c. M03 d. M10

 M06 is for a tool change; M03 is for spindle start CW; M04 is for spindle startCCW; M10 is for chuck open.

70. Which of the following is the material description referring to unique properties is three mutually perpendicular planes?
a. Isotropy b. Anisotropy c. Orthotropy d. Isometry

71. The true stress-strain curve in a stress-strain diagram appears to be:

a. Lower than the the engineering stress-strain curve
b. Higher than the engineering stress-strain curve
c. The same as the engineering stress-strain curve
c. Symmetrical with the engineering stress-strain curve

oooo The true stress-strain curve uses actual area of the specimen and is therefore higher than the engineering curve which is
based on a constant (original) area of the specimen.

72. This is a hardening treatment for steels having low carbon content.
a. Tempering b. Case hardening c. Normalizing d. Anodizing

73. What is the manufacturing process used for the production of aluminum?
a. Forging b. Extrusion c. Blow molding d. Injection molding

74. This refers to a loss of material from the interface of two metal surfaces that are in intimate contact. How do you call this?
a. Interfacing b. Interference c. Wear d. Freeting corrosion

75. This is the type of fit that requires heating the hub to expand its inside diameter. What do you call this type of fit?
a. Expansion fit b. Force fit c. Shrink fit c. Any of these

76. AFBMA is an acronym for an association involve in what machine elements?

a. Ball and roller bearings b. Journal bearings
c. Flat belts and other types d. Any type of gears

 AFBMA means Anti Friction Bearing Manufacturer’s Association and is concerned with rolling element
bearings such as ball, roller, and needle bearings.

77. What is the general description for mild steels.

a. Medium carbon steel b. Low carbon steels c. High carbon steel d. Cold rolled steel

78. Von Mises theory is the other term used for

a. Maximum principal stress theory b. Octahedral shear-stress theory
c. Maximum shear-stress theory d. Energy distortion theory

79. A type of key in which width and thickness are equal us called as:
a. Flat key b. Square key c. Pin key d. Barth key

80. In the desigh of key, the typical lengths are in accordance with the following relation where D is the shaft diameter.
a. 1.25D to 2.4D b. 0.5 to 1.25D c. 2.4D to 3.5D d. Depends on shaft diameter

81. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather, fabric, and/
or plastic material into two falnges.
a. Flexible disk coupling b. Flexible toroidal spring coupling
c. Flexible Oldham coupling d. Elastic material bonded coupling

82. It is a machine member that supports another part that rotates, slides, or oscillates in or on it.
a. Pulley b. Key c. Bearing d. Shaft

83. It is a bearing that permits constrained relative motion of rigid parts; lubricant is generally inserted or supplied between
the mating surfaces to reduce friction and wear, and carry away the heat generated.
a. Sliding contact bearing b. Rolling contact bearing
key

c. Thrust bearing d. Journal bearing

84. These are surfaces that do not conform to each other very well as in the rolling-element bearings.
a. Conformal surfaces b. Non-conformal surfaces
c. Sliding surfaces c. Rolling surfaces

85. The study of lubrication, friction, and wear of moving or stationary parts is known as:
a. Lubrication b.Tribology c. Hydrodynamics d. Hydrostatics

86. A bearing where surfaces are non-conformed and motion is primarily rolling; it composed of rolling elements interposed
between an outer ring and inner ring.
.
c. Sliding elementt bearing b. Rolling-element bearing
d. Conformal surfaces bearing d. Non-conformal surfaces bearing
87. In a straight bevel gear, how do you call the angle between an element on the pitch cone and an element on the face cone?
a. Face angle b. Pitch angle c. Addendum angle d. Dedendum angle

88. It is Grashof four-bar mechanism in which the shortest link is the frame ot fixed link and the other two cranks completely
rotate with their aces. How do you call this Grashof four-bar mechanism?
a. Drag-link mechanism b. Crank-rocker mechanism
c. Double-rocker mechanism c. Triple-rocker mechanism

89. “For a Planar four-bar linkage, the sum of the shortest and longest lengths can not be greater than the sum of the
remaining two link lengths if there is to be a continuous relative rotation between two members.” How do you call the
preceeding statement?
a. Grubler’s law b. Coriolle’s law c. Grashof’s law d. Freudentein’s law

90. Which of the following is not true for an instant center or centro of planar linkages?
a. Centro is a point common to two bodies having the same velocity in each.
b. Centro is a point in one body about which another body does not rotate.
c. Centro is a point in one body which another body actually turns.
d. Centro is a point in one body about which another body tends to turn.

91. This is the most common work holding device of a shaper machine with the base graduated in degrees that make it
possible to swivel any angle. What is this working device?
a. Shaper vise b. Parralel bars and hold down bars c. Lathe holder d. Swivel head

92. This is the shaper operation, which is shaping the given stock and having the excess material remain with a tolerable
allowance for finishing. How do you call this operation?
a. Roughing b. Finishing c. Angular cutting d. Contouring

93. How do you call a cutting tool that has two or more cutting edges as in drill presses and milling machine cutters?
a. Grinder b. Single-point cutting tool c. Multi-point cutting tool d. Two-point
cutting tool

94. This is the trade name for a patented alloy made up chiefly of cobalt, chromium, and tungsten in varying proportions.
What is this trade name?
a. Stelite b. Carboloy c. Stainless steel d. Copper

95. It is called as the tranformation of concepts and ideas into useful machinery. What is this?
a. Design b. Synthesis c. Analysis d. Theorem

96. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that transforms, transmits, or uses energy, load, or motion for
a specific purpose. How do you call this?
a. Mechanism b. Engine c. Machine d. Linkage

97. It is defined as synergistic collection of machine elements; synergistic because as a design it represents an idea or concept
greater than the sum of the sum of individual pats. What is this system
a. System of mechanisms b. Mechanical system c. Design system d. Expert system

98. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a solid and as the result of stress. How do you call this?
a. Deformation b. Elongation c. Strain d. Stress

99. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that produces maximum principal normal stress or
minimum principal normal stress, with third principal stress between or equivalent to the extremes?
a. Principal shear stress b. Principal normal stress
c. Maximum shear stress d. Bending and shear stress

100. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture?

a. Toughness b. Rigidity c. Resilience d. Stiffness
key

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE

MACHINE DESIGN REVIEW
(2nd Quiz 1st period Answer Key)

1. The specimen is subjected to a load. When a load is removed the strain disappears. From this
information, which of the following can be deduce about this material ?
a. it is elastic c. it has a high modulus of elasticity
b. it is plastic d. it is ductile

2. Which of the following statement is false ?

a. low-alloy steels are a minor group and are rarely used.
b. low-alloy steels are used in the heat treated condition
c. low-alloy steels contain small amounts of nickel and chrome
d. in the AISI and the SAE steel specification, the last two digits define the carbon content of the
steel in percent.

3. For a completely corrosion-resistant stainless steel, what minimum percentage of chromium in the
alloy is required ?
a. 1.1% c. 8.3%
b. 3.2% d. 11%

4. A cast iron annealed at a temperature above the lower critical temperature resulting in the formation
of a softer, less brittle structure :
a. white cast iron c.grey cast iron
b. malleable cast iron d. alloyed cast iron

5. A basic melting unit for cast iron :

a. Bessemer c. electric arc furnace
b. blast furnace d. cupola furnace

6. The removal piece of soft metal or graphite-filled sintered metal, usually in a form of bearing that
lines a support for a shaft :
a. Babbitt c. bearing
b. bushing d. journal

7. Is a surface hardening accomplished by heating certain steel alloys immersed in ammonia fumes :
a. nitriding c. carburizing
b. cyaniding d. casehardening

8. The continuous increase in the strain or deformation of any material subjected to stress is:
a. wear c fatigue
b. resistance d. creep

9. The process of pouring molten metal into a prepared mould cavity where it is allowed to solidify is
called :
a. moulding c. forming
b. extruding d. casting
10. The process of cutting or enlarging a hole in a metal of a required shape usually other than round is
:
a. boring c. honing
b. lapping d. broaching

11. A type of test by pressing a hardened steel ball into the surface of specimen of known load, the
surface area of indentation becomes the index of hardness :
a. hardness test c. Rockwell test
key

b. Brinell test d. Vicker’s test

12. A tool which when pressed into a finished hole in a piece of work, provides centers on which the
piece may be turned or machined :
a. mandrel c. groover
b. slotter d. scraper

13. A type of fusion welding wherein the generation of heat is based on chemical combination of iron
oxides and powdered aluminum :
a. thermet welding c. metallic arc welding
b. gaswelding d. shielding

14.The following pertain to method of welding except :

a. forge c. electric
b. gas welding d. fusion

15. Is the ratio existing between the lateral and longitudinal strains produced in a body subjected to a
simple uniaxial stress within its elastic limit :
a. creep ratio c. off-set ratio
b. Poisson’s Ratio d. stress-strain ratio

16. Gears that are used to connect two shafts that are nonparallel and non-intersecting :
a. spur gear c. zerol gear
b. worm gear d. spiral gear

17. The angle through the gear turns from the time a particular pair of teeth come into contact until
they got out of contact :
a. angle of recess c. pressure angle
b. angle of action d. angle of approach

18. In a worm gearing, the axial distance that a helix advances in on one turn is called :
a. pitch c. lead
b. helix d. thread

19. A stainless steel is obtained principally by the use of an alloying element which is :
a. chromium c. carbon
b. tungsten d. manganese

20. A bearing series for rolling bearings to be used in a well proportion shaft recommended for special
installation :
a. light series c. heavy series
b. medium series d. extra-medium series

21. When mesh with a gear, it is used to change rotary motion to reciprocating motion :
a. cam c. flywheel
b. spindle d. gear rack

22. Is anauxiliary circle used in involute gearing to generate the tooth profile :
a. addendum circle c. base circle
b. dedendum circle d. pitch circle

23. Light alloys are extremely used for manufacturing light portable machines. The following are main
constituents of light alloys except :
a. copper c. aluminum
b. magnesium d. silicon

24. A negative allowance as in press fit is called :

a. tolerance c. shrinks
b. interference d. variation
key

25. An instrument for determining the relative hardness of materials by drop and rebound method :
a. profilometer c. izod tester
b. scleroscope d. planometer

26. It is a measure of the change in length of a material subjected to a change in temperature. How do
you call this property of the material?
a) Toughness b) Coefficient of thermal expansion
c) Thermal conductivity d) Electric Resistivity
27. A 1-inch diameter shaft has a single disc weighing 75 lb mounted midway between two bearings 20”
apart. Find the lowest critical speed in rpm. Neglect the weight of the shaft. Assume that the modulus of
elasticity is 30 x 106 psi.
a) 2038 rpm b) 2308 rpm c) 2380 rpm d) 2803 rpm

Solution:

πD ⁴ π (1) ⁴
Moment of Inertia, I = = =0.0491∈.⁴
64 64

576 EIg 576 (30 x 106 )(0.491)(32.2)

Lowest critical speed. Wcv=
√ WL ³
=
√ 75(20)³
=213.39 rad / sec ¿ 2037.67 rpm

28. What is a condition where one surface is comparatively free of stress?

a) Octahedral plane b) Biaxial or Plane stress c) Strain plane d) Principal
normal stress

29. A flywheel weighing 457 kg has a radius of 375 mm. How much energy, in N-m, does the flywheel
loss from 3 rps to 2.8 rps?
a) 36.8 b) 15.0 c) 14.74 d) 37.3

Solution:

1
∈= mk ²(ω ²₁−ω ² ₒ)
2

1
∈= ( 457 ) ( 0.375 )2 ( 3 2−2.82 )=37.274 n .m
2

30. A triple threaded worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 25 teeth and a pitch diameter
of 5 inches. Material for both the wheel and the wheel is phosphor bronze. Determine the helix angle of
the gear.
a) 11.31° b) 13.11° c) 11.13° d) 10.13°

Solution:

Tw Dg 3 5
γ=tan ¯ ˡ
[( )( )]
Tg Dw
=tan¯ ˡ
25 [( )( )]
3
=11.31 °

31. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can
be used with the high-carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed;
this is also good for shock and impact loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire
key

32. What is the largest roller chain size that can be used for power transmission at a sprocket speed of
1000 rpm?
a) RC 35 b) RC 50 c) RC 80 d) RC 60

Solution:

Pmax = (900/1000)2/3 = 0.932 in. take P = ¾ in. pitch (RC60)

33. These are gears with teeth formed on conical surfaces and are used mostly for transmitting motion
between intersecting shafts. How do you call these gears?
a) Spur gears b) Helical gears c) Bevel gears d) Worm gearings
34. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear
speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

Solution:

60 rev 60 mm
V = NP V = (
60 sec rev )
=6 mm/sec

35. A double thread ACME screw driven by a motor at 400 rpm raises the attached load of 900 kg at a
speed of 10 m/min. The screw has a pitch diameter of 36 mm; the coefficient of friction on threads is
0.15. The friction torque on the thrust bearing of the motor is taken as 20 % of the total input. Determine
the lead angle.
a) 12.465° b) 14.265° c) 15.462° d) 16.452°

Solution:

L 25 V 10
θ=tan ¯ ˡ ( )=tan ¯ ˡ =12.465 ° Where: L = = =0.025 m=25 mm
πD π 36 N 400

36. What Hp can a 1-inch diameter short shaft transmit at 380 rpm?
a) 3 Hp b) 18 Hp c) 10 Hp d) 7.1 Hp

Solution:
3
D3 N ( 1 ) ( 380 ) D3 N
Hp = = =10 HpHp = ¿ PSME Code , D ,∈. ; N , rpm (short shaft)
38 38 38

37. A spur pinion rotates at 600 rpm and transmits 25 kW to a mating gear. The pitch diameter of the
pinion is 100 mm, and the pressure angle is 200. Determine the tangential load, in N.
a) 7660 b) 6790 c) 3900 d) 3098

Solution:

2T 2 9550 ( 25 )
Ft = =
D 0.100 [600 ]
=7958.33 N
Alternate Solution:

P 25 x 103
W t= xCs Cs=1 ( assume ) W t= ( 1 )=7957.75 N
v 600
( )
π ( 0.100 )
60
key

38. A bearing that primarily guides the motion of a machine member without specific regard to the
direction of load application.
a) Journal bearing b) Clearance bearing c) Guide bearing d) Thrust bearing
39. A multiple-disk clutch, composed of three plates with a small diameter of 150 mm and large
diameter of 200 mm, is designed to transmit 100 kW at 3000 rpm at a coefficient of friction of 0.5.
Determine the spring force needed to engage the clutch.
a) 2820 N b) 2428 N c) 5460 N d) 3638 N

Solution:

Tn D+ d 9550 ( 100 ) 0.200+0.150

P= , rᵳ T= =318.33 N . m ,rᵳ = =0.0875 m
9550 4 3000 4

T ( 318.33 )
T = fFarfNfsFa = = =3638 N
frᵳN fs 0.5 ( 0.0875 )( 3−1 )

40. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet per minute, attained in 5 seconds
starting from rest. The rope has a metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in2. Determine the maximum
tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
a) 26.2 b) 25.0 c) 27.6 d) 32.4

Solution:

1000
a = ( V 1−V 0 )
=
( 60
−0 )
=3.33 ft /sec ²
t 5

3.33
FL = 10000 1+ ( 32.2 )
=11034.16 lb

11034.16
St = =27.6 ksi
0.4

41. What is the bursting steam pressure of a hemispherical steel shell with a diameter of 100 inches and
made of 0.0635-m thick steel plate, if the joint efficiency is 70 % and the tensile strength is 60 000 psi?
a) 4 020 psi b) 4 200 psi c) 2 400 psi d) 2 040 psi

Solution:

P= 4 Stη
=
4 ( 63.5
25.4 )
( 60000 )( 0.70 )
=4200 psi
D 100

42. A cylinder having an internal diameter if 508 mm and external diameter if 914.4 mm is subjected to
an internal pressure of 69 MPa and an external pressure of 14 MPa. Determine the hoop stress at the
inner surface of the cylinder.
a) 90.11 MPa b) 91.10 MPa c) 911.0 MPa d) 19.10 Mpa

Solution:
3
914.4 508 mm 3 914.4

Sti = P ( rₒ ³−rᵢ ³
r ₀² −rᵢ ² )
−2 PoR o 2=69 MPa
[ ( 2 ) (
mm +
2 )−2 ( 14 MPa ) (

914 mm 2 508 mm 2
( 2 ) (
−
2 )
2

]
)²
=90.11 MPa
key

43. What length of a square key is required for a 4-in diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm?
The allowable shear and compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively.
a) 2.1 inches b) 2.8 inches c) 3.2 inches d) 4.2 inches

Solution:

63000 ( Hp ) 63000 ( 100 ) D

T= = =63 000∈.lb, b=
n 1000 4
2T 2(63000)
L(base on Shear)= = =2.1∈.
SsbD 15000(1)(4 )
4T 4 (63000)
L(base on Compression)= = =2.1∈.
SctD 30000 (1)( 4)
44. Which of the following are the compositions of stainless steel 302?
a) 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel b) 18 % nickel and 8 % chromium
c) 18 % chromium and 8 % phosphor bronze d) 18 % bronze and 8 % vanadium
45. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Find the
number of thread per inch.
a) 0.2 threads/inch b) 10 threads/inch c) 5 threads/inch d) 2.5 threads/inch

Solution:

1 1 thread
= =5
Thread per inch, TPI = pitch ¿. inch
0.2
thread

46. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the combined
efficiency of the screw and collar.
a) 15.32 % b) 12.53 % c) 13.52 % d) 15.97 %
Solution:

1 1 6
h= P= ( 6 )=3 mm , Dm=36−3=33 mm ,θ=tan¯ ⁱ =3.3523 °
2 2 33 π
tanθ (1−ftanθ)(100 %)
Efficiency, E = tanθ+ fc+( fcDc )(1−ftanθ)
Dm ¿
¿
E =tan ⁡(3.3523 °)¿ ¿
47. Determine the power capacity of a cone clutch under uniform pressure and assuming the following
conditions: major diameter = 250 mm; minor diameter = 200 mm; length of conical elements in contact
= 125 mm; rotational speed = 870 rpm; coefficient of friction = 0.30; and allowable pressure = 70 kPa.
a) 25.74 Hp b) 24.75 Hp c) 27.45 Hp d) 24.57 Hp

Solution:

3 3
2 R o 3−R i 3 2 ( 125 ) −( 100 )
rf = ( ) [
=
3 R o 2−R i 2 3 ( 125 )2−( 100 )2 ]
=112.96 mm

Af = 2 π r f b=2 π ( .01296 ) ( 0.125 )=0.0887 m 2

Fn = PAf= (70)(0.0887) = 6.209 KN

2 πTrN 2 πN ( fFnrf ) 2 π ( 870 ) ( 0.30 )

Power Capacity= = = =19.2 kW
60 60 60
key

48. Three extension springs are hooked in series that support a single weight of 100 kg. The first spring
is rated at 4 kN/m and the other two springs are rated 6 kN/m each. Determine the equivalent stiffness of
the three springs.
a) 1.71 kN/m b) 5 kN/m c) 2.71 kN/m d) 3.71 kN/m
Solution:
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3+ 4 7 12 KN
‘ = 1+ 2+ 3= + + = + = = , Kc= =1.71
Kc K K K 4 6 6 4 3 12 12 7 m

49. These springs are made from one or more flat strips of brass, bronze, steel or other materials loaded
as cantilevers or simple beam.
a) Torsion springs b) Leaf springs
c) Garter springs d) Drawbar springs
50. A flat belt is 6 inches wide and 1/3 inch thick and transmits 20 Hp. The center distance is 8 ft. The
driving pulley is 6 inches in diameter and rotates at 2 000 rpm such that the loose side of the belt is on
top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in diameter. The belt material is 0.035 lb/in3 and the coefficient of
friction is 0.30. Determine the belt net tension.
a) 201 lb b) 210 lb c) 102 lb d) 120 lb
Solution:

( 2TD )= D2 ( ( 63000n ) ( Hp ) )= 26 ( ( 63000

F = F1-F2=
2000
)( 20 )
)=210 lb
6
V = πDn=π ( ) ( 2000 )=3141.59 fpm
m
12
33000 ( Hp ) 33000 ( 20 )
F¿F1-F2 = = =210lb
Vm 3141.59

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE

MACHINE DESIGN

1. The permanent change in shape of a body as a result of an applied load is called

a. creep deformation c. elastic deformation
b. plastic deformation d. slip deformation

2. The sliding displacement of one part of a crystal relative to another caused by the movement
of dislocations along slip planes is called
a. twinning c. creep
b. whiskers d. slip

3. Plastic deformation within a material that occurs as a function of time when that material
is subjected to constant load.
a. creep c. twinning
b. dislocation d. slip planes

4. The measure of fatigue strength applied to metals not showing a definite fatigue limit.
a. elastic limit c. proportional limit
b. endurance limit d. yield strength

5. The maximum stress that a material can endure without taking a permanent set.
a. endurance limit b. elastic limit
c. proportional limit d. yield strength

6. The total percentage strain occurring in tensile test specimen tested to failure.
a. proportional limit c. elasticity
b. percentage elongation d. percentage reduction in area
key

7. The ratio existing between the lateral and longitudinal strains produced in a body subjected
to a simple uniaxial stress within the elastic limit.
a. modulus of elasticity c. modulus of resilience
b. Poisson’s ratio d. modulus of stiffness

8. The change in shape of a body due to an applied load which is fully recoverable when the
load is removed.
a. creep deformation c. plastic deformation
b. twin deformation d. elastic deformation

9. Linear imperfections in a crystal which move during plastic deformation.

a. twinning c. slip
b. creep d. dislocations

10. The ratio between total deformation in one direction and the length of the specimen as
measured in that direction.
a. stress c. Poisson’s ratio
b. strain d. modulus of elasticity
11. The maximum value of engineering stress that a tensile test specimen can withstand during
the duration of a tensile test.
a. yield strength c. proportional strength
b. fatigue strength d. ultimate tensile strength

12. The maximum stress that a material can withstand without deviating from straight line
proportionality between stress and strain.
a. fatigue strength c. elastic limit
b. endurance limit d. proportional limit

13. The ability of a material to undergo permanent deformation without rupture occurring.
a. elasticity c. plasticity
b. ductility d. malleability

14. The ability of a material to resist deformation under load.

a. brittleness c. toughness
b. stiffness d. elasticity

15. The ability of a material to be plastically deformed by predominantly tensile stresses. For
example, as in wire drawing.
a. elasticity c. plasticity
b. ductility d. malleability

16. The ability of a metal to undergo all kinds of deformation processes without failure.
a. hardness c. formability
b. toughness d. malleability

17. The ability of a material to resist scratching, abrasion, indentation, or penetration.

a. ductility c. toughness
b. hardness d. malleability

18. The ability of a material to return to its original dimensions after being subjected to stresses
that caused or tended to caused deformation.
a. elasticity c. malleability
b. toughness d. hardeneability

19. The ability of a metal to be deformed by predominantly compressive stresses. For example,
as in rolling and forging.
a. ductility c. malleability
b. toughness d. stiffness

20. The quality of a material by virtue of which it may be plastically compressed.

a. ductility c. malleability
b. elasticity d. stiffness

21. The ratio of the velocity of light in a vacuum to its velocity in another material.
a. speed ratio c. Poisson’s ratio
b. curie index d. refractive index
22. The temperature at which a polymer under a specified load shows a specified amount of
deflection.
a. curie point c. heat distortion temperature
b. saturation temperature d. none of these

23. Those distinguishing qualities or characteristics that are used to describe a substance in the
key

absence of external forces.

a. composition c. microstructure
b. mechanical properties d. physical properties

24. The imaginary lines that connected the centers of the atoms in a configuration is called
a. lattice structure c. crystal structure
b. solid structure d. microstructure
25. Materials formed by coatings, internal additives and laminating.
a. metal c. ceramics
b. resins d. composites

26. A pulley 600 mm in diameter transmits 40 kW at 500 rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley is 155 o, the
coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the belt is 2.1 MPa. Determine the belt
tensions ratio, neglecting the effect of centrifugal force.
a) 2.578 b) 2.857 c) 5.287 d) 5.782

Solution:
Ѳ=1550 x Π/1800=2.705

F1
=∈ᶡᶿ =¿(2.71828)0.35(2.705) =2.58
F2

27. This refers to the space between adjacent coils when the spring is compressed to its operating length.
a) Coil clearance b) Pitch c) Lead d) Deflection

28. Select a deep-groove ball bearing to carry a radial load Fx = 800 lb and a thrust load Fz = 700 lb at 1750 rpm. The service
is 8 hr/day, but it is not continuous; design for 20 000 hr. The operation is smooth with little vibration; the outer ring rotates.
Determine the design life in mr with no more than 10 % failure.
a) 20100 mr b) 2100 mr c) 2001 mr d) 1200 mr

Solution: B10= (Hrs)(60 min/Hr)(rpm) = (20 000)(60)(1750) = 2100 mr

106
29. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Solution: fHp = Tfn = fWrf n= 0.15(2000lb)(1.56 inches)(50rpm) = 0.3714

63 000 63 000 63 000

2 R o 3−R i 3
Where: rf =
(
3 R o 2−R i 2 )
= 1.56 inches

30. In a lathe machine, it is the diameter of the largest workpiece it can rotate in a chuck or between centers without hitting
the bed.
a) Chuck diameter b) Swing over bed c) Distance between centers d) Spindle diameter

31. What load in N must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 2.5 m long (E = 207 Gpa) to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a) 42 000 N b) 52 840 N c) 53 000 N d) 60 000 N

Solution: γ = FL F = γAE = 1.3(Π/4)(207 x 103) = 52 840 N

AE L 2 500

32. This is a general term that refers to the mating of cylindrical parts such as bolt or a hole; it is used only when the internal
member is smaller that the external member. How do you call this?
a) Clearance b) Interference c) Allowance d) Tolerance

33. A 50-mm diameter shaft is to transmit 12 kW power at a speed of 500 rpm, determine the mean diameter of the pin, under
double shear, for a material having a safe unit stress of 40 N/mm2.
a) 11.08 mm b) 12.08 mm c) 13.08 mm d) 10.08 mm

Solution: Transmitted torque, T = 60P = 60(12 000) = 229.183 N.m = 229 183 N.m
2Πn 2Π(500)
Pin Shearing Force, Fs = 2T = 2(229 183) = 9167.32 N
D 50
Pin Mean Diameter, Ss = Fs= 4Fs = 2Fs
2As2Πd2Πd2
key

d2 = 2(9167.32) = 145.902 mm2 d = 12.08 mm

Π(40)

34. This is a lubrication condition where non-conformal surfaces are completely separated by lubricant film and no asperities
are in contact. How do you call this lubrication condition?
a) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication b) Boundary lubrication
c) Hydrodynamic lubrication d) Hydrostatic lubrication

35. A 1200 mm cast iron pulley is fastened to 112.5 mm shaft by means of a 28.13 mm square key 175 mm long. The key
and shaft have a shearing stress of 14 000 psi. Determine the force acting at the pulley that will shear the key.
a) 10 015 lb b) 11 005 lb c) 11 050 lb d) 10 501 lb

D
Solution: Fp= 2T= 2(SsbLD) = SsbL Dp = (14 000) ( 28.13 175 112.5
25.4 25.4 )( 1200 )
)( =10014.74 lb
Dp 2Dp
.
36. A 75-mm diameter shaft is transmitting 350 kW at 650 rpm. A flange coupling is used and has 6 bolts, each 18 mm in
diameter. Find the required diameter of the bolts circle based on an average shearing stress of 27.5 MPa.
a) 245 mm b) 254 mm c) 452 mm d) 425 mm

Tn 9550 P 9550 x 350

Solution: P= T= = = 5142.3077 N.m = 5 142 307.7 N.mm
9550 n 650
8T
Ss¿ =244.94 mm
Π (18)² (6)(27.5)

37. How do you call the flattened end of a shank, and intended to fit into a driving slot in the socket?
a) Handle b) Tang c) Relief d) Tip

38. If a sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 38.1 mm and a length of 50.8 mm, the wall thickness is 3/16 inch. The
bearing is subjected to a radial load of 500 kg. What is the bearing pressure, in psi?
a) 904 psi b) 409 psi c) 490 psi d) 940 psi

50.8
Solution: For bearing or projected area, Ab = LD = ( 25.4 )
∈. ¿= 2.25 in2

39. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses that can be used with the high-
carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and impact
loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire

40. Determine the minimum whole depth of spur gear of 14.5 o involute type with diametral pitch of 24 and circular pitch of
0.1309 inch.
a) 0.09000 inch b) 0.08900 inch c) 0.0899 inch d) 0.089758 inch

2.157 2.157
Solution: Whole Depth, hf= = = 0.0899 inch
Dp 24
41. A parallel helical gear set was a 17-tooth pinion driving a 34-tooth gear. The pinion has a right-hand helix angle of 30 0, a
normal pressure angle of 200, and a normal diametral pitch of 5 teeth/in. Find the axial circular pitches.
a) 1.2566 inches/tooth b) 1.6625 inches/tooth c) 1.6526 inches/tooth d) 1.6256 inches/tooth

Pcn 0.62832
Solution: Pc = = =0.72522inch/ tooth
cosα cos 30 °

Pc 0.72522
P a= = = 1.2566 inch/tooth
tan ∂ cos 30 °
42. For an American Standard Screw Threads, what does 6-32 UNC designate?
a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread b) 6 inches basic diameter, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread
c) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, fine thread d) 32 inches basic diameter, 6 threads per inch, coarse thread

43. Determine the Poisson’s ratio of a material whose modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa and whose modulus of rigidity is 80
GPa.
a) 0.33 b) 0.25 c) 0.38 d) 0.22
key

E
Solution: G = E = 200Gpa G = 80Pa ∴ v =0.25
2(1+V )

44. A steel has a BHN = 300. What is its approximate ultimate strength in ksi?
a) 300 ksi b) 150 ksi c) 75 ksi d) 200 ksi

Solution: Su≈ 0.5(BHN), ksi

45. If the angular deformation of a solid shaft should not to exceed 1 0 in a length of 1.8 m and the allowable shearing stress is
83 MPa, what is the diameter of the shaft? Assume that the shaft material has G = 77 x 106 kPa.
a) 222.34 mm b) 234.22 mm c) 23.42 cm d) 24.22 cm

TL 16 T π d 3 Ss π d4
Solution: θ= Ss= , T¿ , J =
JG π d3 16 16
16 T
π π d3( )L
2(83)(1 800)(180)
1°
(180 °
= )
πd 4
(G)
d=
1( π )(77 x 10 3)
=222.34 mm

16

46. How do you call the process of producing the residual compressive stress of machine parts, which is performed by
directing the a high velocity stream of hardened balls or pellets at the surface to be treated.
a) Nitriding b) Shot blasting c) Peening d) Tempering

47. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Solution: fHp = Tfn = fWrf n= 0.15(2000lb)(1.56 inches)(50rpm) = 0.3714

63 000 63 000 63 000

2 R o 3−R i 3
Where: rf =
(
3 R o 2−R i 2 )
= 1.56 inches

48. A 20-tooth motor sprocket, running at 1200 rpm, drives a blower at a speed ratio of 4:1. Using the largest permissible
chain size and the largest permissible center distance of 80 pitches, what length of chain in pitches is required to connect the
sprockets?
a) 200 pitches b) 212 pitches c) 216 pitches d) 220 pitches

Solution: Lc= ( T 1+T2 2 )+ 2Cp+ ( T401−TCp 2 ) =212 pitches

49. Which of the following gases is typically used in nitriding process of surface hardening?
a) Nitrogen gas b) Carbon dioxide c) Ammonia gas d) Hydrogen gas

50. Which of the following is the benefit in using nitriding as a surface-hardening process for alloy steels?
a) Improvement of endurance strength, 50 % or more
b) Improvement of endurance strength, less than 50 %
c) Improvement of endurance strength, more than 50 %
d) 80 % improvement on the endurance strenght

51. That property of regaining the original shape upon the removal of the external load.
a. plasticity c. elasticity
b. malleability d. ductility

52. The capacity of the material to absorb energy within the elastic range.
a. yield strength b. resilience
b. toughness d. creep

53. That quality of a material by virtue of which it may be plasticity elongated.

a. malleability c. ductility
b. elasticity d. plasticity

54. The amount of energy per unit volume which the material posses when subjected to
the elastic limit stress.
key

a. modulus of elasticity c. modulus of resilience

b. modulus of rigidity d. heat absorption

55. Those distinguishing qualities or characteristics that are used to describe a substance
in the absence of external forces.
a. mechanical properties c. resilience
b. physical properties d. none of these

56. The stress at which the material exhibits a specified limiting permanent set.
a. plastic limit c. yield strength
b. elastic limit d. ultimate strength

57. The imaginary lines that connect the centers of the atoms in a configuration.
a. slip c. lattice structure
c. twinning d. crystal structure
58. Materials form from large numbers of comparatively low molecular weight units which are
bonded together by primary valence bonds in a repetitive manner to form independent
large molecules in some sort of chain.
a. composites c. resins
b. ceramics d. metals

59. The rate of heat flow per unit time in a homogeneous material under steady-state conditions,
per unit area, per unit rise in temperature within a specified temperature range.
a. specific heat c. sensible heat
b. latent heat d. thermal conductivity
60. A point at which a metal liquefies on heating or solidifies on cooling.
a. freezing point c. flash point
b. melting point d. curie point

61. Relatively finely spaced surface irregularities, the height, width, and direction of which
establish a definite surface pattern.
a. waviness c. camber
b. flatness d. roughness
62. The deformation caused by the application of an external force.
a. roughness c. waviness
b. strain d. thick edge
63. The resistance of the material to plastic deformation, usually by indentation.
a. roughness c. hardness
b. toughness d. fatigue strength

64. The outer fiber stress developed when a material is loaded as a simply supported
beam and deflected to a certain value of strain.
a. shear strength c. impact strength
b. creep strength d. flexural strength

65. The stress required to fracture a shape in a cross-sectional plane that is parallel to the force
application.
a. tensile strength c. shear strength
b. ultimate strength d. compressive strength

66. The maximum stress to which a material may be subjected before failure occurs.
a. yield strength c. design strength
b. impact strength d. ultimate strength

67. The ratio between uniaxial tensile stress and elastic strain in a material obeying
Hooke’s Law.
a. Yopung’s Modulus c. Modulus of elasticity
b. Modulus of stiffness d. all of these

68. The ability of a material to absorb energy when being deformed and thus resist
deformation and failure.
a. stiffness c. hardness
b. toughness d. ductility

69. The tendency of a metal to break when subjected to conditions of repeated cyclic
stressing well below the elastic limit.
a. plastic limit c. fatigue
b. endurance limit d. none of these

70. That property of a material which allow it to withstand high temperature during its
service life without pitting or deforming.
a. roughness c. toughness
key

b. refractories d. none of these

71. The controlled chemical attack on a surface in order to reveal surface detail.
a. carburizing c. etching
b. ionizing d. none of these
72. An element with a valence of 1,2 or 3.
a. ceramics c. composites
b. resins d. none of these
73. Those properties that describe the behavior of the materials under the application of force.
a. chemical properties c. dimensional properties
b. physical properties d. none of these

74. An elongated body-centered cubic lattice structure.

a. single cubic lattice c. body-centered tetragonal lattice
b. closed packed hexagonal lattice d. none of these

75. Deviation from edge straightness, usually the maximum deviation of an edge from a straight
line of given length.
a. out of flat c. camber
b. lay d. none of these

76. A 200 straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4º b) 20º c) 14.5º d) 20.5º

T ₁ 14
Solution: D1 = = =2.33 inches
Pd 6
D₂ = D₁ ( TT ₂₁ )=(2.33)( 3214 )=5.33 inches
77. A triple-thread worm has a lead angle of 17o and a pitch diameter of 2.2802 inches. Find the center distance when the
worm is mated with a wheel of 48 teeth.
a) 6.72 inches b) 7.26 inches c) 6.27 inches d) 7.62 inches

Solution: Circular pitch of the worm gear, Pc= ( πDg

Tg )=
( π (5 )
25 )
= 0.6283 inch

Where: Pc=Pa = pitch of the worm

L
Solving for the lead angle of the worm, γ=tan ¯ ⁱ ( πDw ) = tan¯ ⁱ( 1.8849
3π )
= 11.31º

78. A double-thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the
gear helix angle.
a) 4.69º b) 9.46º c) 6.49º d) 6.94º

Solution: γ=tan −ⁱ ([ TwTg )( Dw

Dg
)]=tan [ ( 202 )( 53 )]=9.46 °
−ⁱ

79. A 36-tooth pinion turning at 300 rpm drives 120-tooth gear of 14.5 0 involute full depth pressure angle. Determine the rpm
of the driven gear.
a) 60 rpm b) 45 rpm c) 75 rpm d) 90 rpm

Tp 300
Solution: TpNp= TgNg Ng = Np ( )
Tg
=( 36 )
120 ( )
=90 rpm

80. If two parallel shafts are connected by cylinders in pure rolling contact and turning in the same direction, and having a
speed ratio of 2.75, what is the Center distance of the two shafts assuming that the diameter of the smaller cylinder is 22 cm?
a) 18.25 cm b) 19.25 cm c) 20.25 cm d) 17.25 cm

Solution: Diameter of the bigger cylinder, D2= SR(D1) = (2.75)(22)cm = 60.5cm

D₁+ D₂ ( 22+60.5 )
Center Distance, C = (
2
¿= ( 2 )
=19.25 cm

81. In estimating the actual endurance strength of steel parts, one of the factors to be considered is the material factor, which
of the following is the recommended material factor for cast steel?
a) 0.70 b) 0.80 c) 0.75 d) 1.0

82. How do you call the level of stress that the part will be permitted to see under operating conditions?
a) Yield stress b) Endurance stress c) Design stress d) Ultimate stress
key

83. Which of the following column formulas is applicable to cast iron columns?
a) Euler’s formula b) J.B.Johnson’s formula
d) Secant formula d) Straight line formula

84. Which of the following ferrous metals has the lowest carbon content?
a) Carbon steel b) Wrought iron c) Cast iron d) SAE 4140

85. If the ultimate shear strength of a steel plates is 42 000 psi, what force is necessary to punch a 0.75 inch diameter hole in
a 0.625 inch thick plate?
a) 61 850 lb b) 65 810 lb c) 61 580 lb d) 60 185 lb

Solution: F = SuAs= Su( πdt ¿=

( 42000 inlb )( π ) ¿
2

86. If stiffness is the main criterion in selecting a material, which of the following is the most economical choice?
a) SAE 3130 b) SAE 1020 c) SAE 6150 d) AISI 301, ¼ hard stainless steel

 All are the same modulus of rigidity, the other three are expensive.

87. Which of the following materials can easily be machined?

a) AISI C1020 b) AISI C1112 c) AISI C1030 d) AISI C1010

 AISI C 1112, free-cutting steel with higher sulfur, ease machining.

88. Wood is an ______ material; that is, its mechanical properties are unique and independent in three mutually perpendicular
directions—longitudinal, radial, and tangential.
a) Isotopic b) Anisotropic c) Orthotropic d) Any of these

89. A stepped torsion shaft has diameters of 16 mm and 12 mm and a fillet radius of 2 mm. The shaft is subjected to a torque
of 12.5 N-m. Find the maximum induced stress caused by the fillet. Consider a stress concentration factor of 1.25.
a) 36.84 MPaa b) 46.05 MPa c) 38.64 MPa d) 45.06 MPa

16 T 16 ( 12.5 )
Solution: Ss=
( )(
πd
3
=
π ( 0.012 )
3 )
=36841422 Pa=36.84 MPa

Solving for the maximum induced shear stress,

Ss(max) = (1.25)(36.84) = 46.05 MPa

90. A steam engine that has a stroke of 12 inches has an overhung crank of 11 inches. The maximum tangential force, P, on
the crank may be assumed as 75000 lb. Assuming an allowable stress in shear as 4400 psi, determine the crankshaft diameter.
a) 4.77 inches b) 3.77 inches c) 2.77 inches d) 1.77 inches

Solution: Solving for the torque, T = F.r = (7500)(6) = 45 000 in.lb

Solving for bending moment , M = (7500)(11) = 82 500 in.lb

16
Solving for shaft diameter, D =
[( ) √
πSs
M 2+T 2
]
⅓

16
=
[( π ( 4400 ) ) √ ( 45000) ²+(82500) ] =
2 ⅓
4.77”

91. The principal raw materials used in steelmaking are iron ore, coal, and __________.
a) Coke b) Limestone c) Slag d) Flux

92. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15.
The outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

 Please see solution problem #s 54 & 71

93. The primary application of high-speed steels is to tools used for the working of metals __________.
key

a) that are too hard b) at high cutting speeds

c) that are too soft d) at slow cutting speeds

94. In gearing, this is the ratio of the arc of action to the circular pitch.
a) Speed ratio b) Arc ratio c) Contact ratio d) Gear ratio

95. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm
and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s
Solution:
Solving for linear speed of the screw, VL = N(L) = (60rpm)(6mm/rev) = 6 mm/sec
96. Flywheel arms are usually of elliptical cross-section, the strength of the arms should equal _________the strength of the
shaft in torsion.
a) Three-fourths b) One-half c) Two-thirds d) One-fourth

97. This alloy (nickel, iron, chromium, cobalt is a non-magnetic, corrosion resistant material suitable for sub-zero
temperatures and temperatures up to about 750 degrees F., provided that torsional stresses are kept below 75,000 pounds per
square inch. It is precipitation-hardened to produce hardnesses of 48 to 50 Rockwell C and is used in watch and instrument
springs.
a) Elinvar b) Monel c) Inconel d) Dynavar

 Ans: Dynavar (Source Machinery’s Handbook)

98. To ensure an adequate factor of safety in the design of a shaft with standard keyway, the key width should be about:
a) One half of the shaft diameter b) One fourth of the shaft diameter
c) One eighth of the shaft diameter d) One third of the shaft diameter

99. What is the property of matter that causes it to resist any change in its motion or state of rest?
a) Momentum b) Kinetic Energy c) Inertia d) Section modulus

100. This is defined as the cutting time to reach a predetermined wear, called the tool wear criterion.
a) Wear duration b) Cycle time c) Tool life d) Life cycle

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN

MACHINE DESIGN AND SHOP PRACTICE PROBLEMS

ELEMENTS and PROBLEMS

1. Is largely used for low strength applications such as elevator ropes not used for hoisting and for stationary guy ropes
a) Steel rope
b) Cast steel rope
c) Nylon rope iron wire rope
d) Manila rope

2. In which screw thread the side = width of flat = width of space = 0.5p
a) Knuckle
b) Square
c) Buttress
d) Acme

3. A stud is which
a) Have threads in one end
b) Inserted in a pane hole
c) Require a nut
d) None of the above

4. ’18-8’ stainless steel means

a) 18% tungsten and 8% chromium
b) 18% nickel and 8% chromium
c) 18% chromium and 8% nickel
d) 18% chromium and 8% cobalt
key

5. Concentricity of an outside diameter can be checked by

a) Vernier caliper
b) Dial test indicator
c) Outside micrometer
d) Tube micrometer

6. Which micrometer has no anvil

a) Outside micrometer
b) Screw thread micrometer
c) Depth micrometer
d) Digit micrometer

7. The commonly used joint in cast iron pipe

a) Bell and spigot joint
b) Compression joint
c) Expansion joint
d) None of these

8. In compression, a prism of brittle material will break

a) Into a large number of pieces
b) By forming a bulge
c) By shearing along oblique plane
d) Ina direction along the direction load

9. Addition of lead and bismuth to aluminium results in

a) Improvement of casting characteristics
b) Improvement of corrosion resistance
c) One of the best known aged and precipitation hardening system
d) Improving machinability

10. Select the one that has the highest specific gravity
a) Brass
b) High carbon steel
c) Lead
d) Aluminium

11. Fixture clamps are generally made of

a) High carbon steel
b) High speed steel
c) Case hardened mild steel
d) Alloy steel

12. Successful designing of jigs and fixture depends upon

a) Clamping arrangement
b) Manufacturing conditions
c) Tool guiding elements
d) All of the above

13. When an external gear is meshed with an internal gear, the gears will rotate in
a) Same direction
b) Will not rotate
c) Opposite direction
d) None of the above

14. While soldering the flux is used because

a) It assists for quick melting and increasing the fluidity of solder
b) It saves the part from oxidation
c) It takes the molten metal on all surfaces
d) All of the above

15. A usual ratio of soluble oil and water used in coolant is

a) 1:10
b) 1:20
c) 10:1
d) 20:1

16. For a given rpm, if the diameter of a twist drill increases the cutting speed will
key

a) Increase
b) Same
c) Decrease
d) None of the above

17. The limiting force of friction is equal to

a) The value of friction force that stops the movement of the body
b) The value of friction force that cannot exceeds under a given conditions
c) The friction force of when the body is just to move
d) The friction force acting on a body when it is in motion

18. If the only force acting on two bodies is their mutual interactions and if both bodies start from rest, the distance travelled
by each
a) Proportional to the masses of the bodies
b) Inversely proportional to the masses of the bodies
c) Inversely proportional to the square of the masses of the bodies
d) Directly proportional to the square of the masses of the bodies

19. In majority of machine members, the damping capacity of the material should be
a) Low
b) Zero
c) High
d) Could be anything

20. Slenderness ratio of a column is

a) Shaft diameter/shaft length
b) Column height/column cross section
c) Colum height/least dimension of column cross section
d) Length of structure/least radius of gyration

21. The rated life of bearing changes

a) Directly as load
b) Inversely as cube of load
c) Inversely as fourth power of load
d) Inversely as square of load

22. In a standard coarse thread bolt the stress concentration is maximum at

a) Root
b) Flank
c) All over the surface
d) Top surface

23. Main alloying elements in H.S.S. is

a) Chromium
b) Tungsten
c) Vanadium
d) Nickel

24. The value of one micron is

a) 1.00mm
b) 0.01mm
c) 0.10mm
d) 0.001mm

25. For the accurate measurement of bores, the best instrument is

a) Vernier caliper
b) Plug gauge
c) Dial test indicator
d) Inside micrometer

26. Under sine principle the length of the sine bar takes the place of
a) Opposite side
b) Hypotenuse
c) Adjacent side
d) Height

27. In a hydraulic driven shaper the metal is removed at

a) Higher speed
key

b) Average speed
c) Lower speed
d) None of the above

28. Poison’s ratio is principally used in

a) The determination of the capability of material for being shaped
b) The determination of the capability of material for plastic deformation without fracture
c) Stress-strain relationships where stresses are applied in more than one direction
d) The determination of the modulus of toughness

29. When a metal is cold worked all of the following generally occur EXCEPT
a) Re-crystallization temperature decreases
b) Ductility decreases
c) Grains become equi-axed
d) Tensile strength increases

30. Internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground in

a) Plain cylindrical grinding machine
b) Universal cylindrical grinding machine
c) Internal grinding machine
d) Centreless grinding machine

31. The ability of the material to withstand shock load is known as

a) Rupture
b) Stiffness
c) Creep
d) Toughness
32. In the design of the pressure vessel at atmospheric outside condition, the occurrence of the maximum hoop stress is at the
a) Centre
b) Outside surface
c) Inside surface
d) Traverse side
33. The alloy of copper, tin, and phosphorus is known as
a) Babbit
b) Bronze
c) Brass
d) Lead
34. The amount of which the width of a tooth space exceeds the thickness of engaging
a) Tooth space
b) Circular pitch
c) Backlash
d) flank
35. As a rule of thumb the depth of the foundation could be about 3.2 to ________times the engine stroke.
a) 4.20
b) 4.00
c) 3.0
d) 3.80a
36. The application of the electrical current to line corrosion circuit to counter the corrosion reaction is called
a) Cathodic protection
b) Chemical corrosion process
c) Sacrificial anodes method
d) Galvanic action
37. Treatment process that produces a residual compressive stress at the surface (which occupy more volume) and residual
tension on the inside that results in considerable increase in fatigue strength for members on torsion/bending.
a) Heavy oil quenching
b) Partial quenching
c) Quenching
d) Shallow quenching
38. The flux that should be provided in soldering electrical connection or commutator wires as it tends to corrode the
connections
a) Sal ammoniac
b) Stearin
c) Zinc chloride
d) Acid fluxes
39. The characteristic of tool steel to sustain shocks and major impacts is due to its
a) Toughness
b) Ductility
c) Stiffness
key

d) Machinability
40. Bevel gears subjected to corrosion and lightly loaded are usually made of _____________.
a) Bronze
b) Duralumin
c) Brass
d) All of these
41. It is a good design practice for steel lineshaping to consider a limit to the linear deflection of _____inch/ft. length
maximum
a) 0.050
b) 0.010
c) 0.020
d) 0.060
42. The five principal parts of the shaper are, the table, tool slide, base, ram and _________.
a) Column
b) Drive motor
c) Vise
d) Apron
43. In designing gears for power transmission consider an efficiency of ____as recommended
a) 96%
b) 85%
c) 89%
d) 98%
44. Progressive change in position of a body is called
a) Acceleration
b) Motion
c) Momentum
d) Force
45. Could be defined as simply push and pull
a) Power
b) Work
c) Inertia
d) Force
46. The stress that causes the material to shorten
a) Tensile
b) Compressive
c) Torsion
d) None of the above
47. A liquid meal at room temperature
a) Cooper
b) Mercury
c) Silver
d) Tungsten
48. First ever metal found and utilized metal is
a) Copper
b) Mercury
c) Silver
d) Tungsten
49. Steel with SAE specification 13XX
a) Magnesium
b) Coal
c) Manganese
d) Stainless
50. Commonly used in parallel shaft transmission especially when a smooth, continuous action is essential as in high speed
drives up to 12,000 fpm
a) Bevel gear
b) Spur gear
c) Herring bone gear
d) Helical gear
51. Type of bevel gear with variable angle of contact and slope
a) Cycloid
b) Helical
c) Hypoid
d) Angled
52. ____________ indicates how many times a volume of material is heavier than an equal volume of water
a) Specific gravity
b) Specific weight
c) Specific volume
d) Specific density
key

53. An act of cutting out a piece of material at a desired shape and size
a) Broaching
b) Slitting
c) Blanking
d) Dinking
54. The soldering material commonly applied for automobile radiator cores and roofing seams
a) 15/85%
b) 50/50%
c) 45/55%
d) 20/80%
55. A carbon content in a range of _________ in steel readily responds to heat treatment
a) 0.35 to 40%
b) 0.18 to 0.25%
c) 0.28 to 0.30
d) 0.12 to .015%
56. The amount by which the dedendum in a given gear, gear/pinion exceeds the addendum of its mating pinion/gear. Also
the radial distance between the top of a tooth and the bottom of the mating tooth space
a) Tip relief
b) Clearance
c) Top land
d) Space
57. Axially located rectangular groove in a hub and shaft
a) Keyseat
b) Flute
c) Collar pin set
d) Setscrew point
58. A major component of cast steel
a) Silicon
b) Iron
c) Manganese
d) Chromium
59. In a cutting tool the cutting end can also be generally called ____________
a) End cutting edge
b) Back rake
c) Nose
d) Side rake
60. From experience specify the conventional limit of flywheel operations to be at 6000 ft./min. for cast iron and _________
ft./min/ for cast steel
a) 7000
b) 8000
c) 10000
d) 12000
61. Basic size is the same as design size if there is no ________
a) Allowance
b) Tolerance
c) Clearance
d) Resilience
62. What factors can modify the recommended cutting speed of known work piece?
a) Rough cutting of work piece
b) Used correct shaped cutting tools
c) Modify the shape of the cutting tools
d) Depth of cut
63. Forces that meet at a common point are called
a) Aligned
b) Coplanar
c) Concurrent
d) Non-concurrent
64. The material of the radiator is usually made of ________________
a) Yellow brass
b) Admiralty brass
c) Silicon brass
d) Navy brass
65. What type of leather belting should be used at an ambient temperature above 1400F and possible acid coming in contact
with the belt?
a) Mineral tanned
b) Oak tanned
c) Combination of Oak
d) None of these
key

66. A machine shop equipment that can flatten horizontally, vertically, or angular plane.
a) Shaper machine
b) Welding machine
c) Drill machine
d) Power saw
67. Gate and risers are terms used in
a) Dinking
b) Packing
c) Moulding
d) Foundry
68. ______________ does not affect the tensile strength of steel
a) Sulphur
b) Phosphorous
c) Cobalt
d) Boron
69. Acceleration is proportional to the force
a) Pascal’s law
b) Law of forces
c) Bernoulli’s law
d) Newton’s law
70. Which of the following is an unsafe condition in operating a lathe machine?
a) Wearing denim pants/safety shoes
b) Operating with safety gloves
c) Wearing a canvass apron
d) Wearing safety goggles/hearing aid
71. Tap not used for cutting thread ___________
a) Tapping tap
b) Plugging tap
c) Bottoming tap
d) Taper tap

72. It is called as the transformation of concepts and ideas into useful machinery. What is this?
a) Design b) Synthesis c) Analysis d) Theorem

73. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that transforms, transmits, or uses energy, load,
or motion for a specific purpose. How do you call this?
a) Mechanism b) Engine c) Machine d) Linkage

74. It is defined as synergistic collection of machine elements; synergistic because as a design it represents an
idea or concept greater than the sum of the individual pats. What is this system?
a) System of mechanisms b) Mechanical system c) Design system d) Expert system

75. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a solid and as the result of stress. How do you
call this?
a) Deformation b) Elongation c) Strain d) Stress

76. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that produces maximum principal normal stress
or minimum principal normal stress, with a third principal stress between or equivalent to the extremes?
a) Principal shear stress b) Principal normal stress
c) Maximum shear stress d) Bending and shear stresses

77. How do you call a load that is applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member?
a) Combined loads b) Concentrated load c) Bending load d) Distributed load

78. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture?

a) Toughness b) Rigidity c) Resilience d) Stiffness

79. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a failure prediction theory?
a) von Mises criterion b) Tresca yield criterion
c) Coulomb-Mohr theory d) Modified Mohr theory

80. It is a failure prediction theory, which states that a part subjected to any combination of loads will fail (by
yielding or fracturing) whenever the maximum shear stress exceeds a critical value. How do you call this
failure prediction theory?
a) Distortion-energy theory b) Maximum-shear-stress theory
c) Internal friction theory d) Modified Mohr theory
key

81. This is a theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that damage at any stress level, is proportional to
number of cycles. What is this theory commonly called?
a) Miner’s Rule b) Paris Power Law
c) Goodman Rule d) Manson-Coffin Relationship

82. This is a lubrication where the load-carrying surfaces of the bearing are separated by a relatively thick film of
lubricant, so as to prevent metal-to-metal contact; and where the stability of the film can be explained by the
laws of fluid mechanics. How do you call this type of lubrication?
a) Hydrostatic lubrication b) Hydrodynamic lubrication
c) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication d) Boundary lubrication

83. How do call the speed at which a rotating shaft becomes dynamically unstable?
a) Normal speed b) Variable speed c) Critical speed d) Average
speed

84. How do you call a ball bearing with race containing pronounced groove for rolling elements?
a) Crown bearing b) Conrad bearing
c) Angular-contact bearing d) Cylindrical bearing

85. This is a machining process for producing internal straight cylindrical surface or profiles, with process
characteristics and tooling similar to those for turning operations. What is this machining process?
a) Boring b) Drilling c) Reaming d) Milling

86. What is a set of specification for parts, materials, or processes intended to achieve uniformity, efficiency, and
a specified quality?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem

87. This is a set of specifications for the analysis, design, manufacture, and construction of something; the
purpose of which is to achieve a specified degree of safety, efficiency, and performance or quality. How do
you call this set of specifications?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem

88. How do call the size to which limits or deviations is assigned and is the same for both members of the fit; it is
the exact theoretical size?
a) Nominal size b) Basic size c) Maximum size d) Minimum size

89. What is the algebraic difference between a size and the corresponding basic size?
a) Tolerance b) Allowance c) Deviation d) Limit

90. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a) Allowance b) Tolerance c) Deviation d) Basic size

91. This is used either for very accurate angular measurements or for locating work at a given angle; is used
together with precision gage blocks. What is this?
a) Protractor b) Compound rest c) Sine bar d) Micrometer

92. If the weight of the 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 shafting is 174.5 kg, then what will be the weight of
chromium SAE 1418 of same size?
a) 338.8 lbs. b) 384.8 lbs. c) 174.5 lbs. d) 348.8 lbs.

93. Find the power in watts transmitted by main power transmitting shaft with diameter of 55 mm and speed of
200 rpm.
a) 25,370 b) 18,926 c) 19,826 d) 2,537

94. Find the tooth thickness of a gear with a diametral pitch of 4.

a) 0.3295” b) 0.3925” c) 0.3395” d) 0.3955”

95. Find the polar moment of enertia (in in.4) of a square 3-1/2” by 3-1/2”.
a) 12.5 b) 18.75 c) 25 d) 37.5
Answer: c = 25

96. Find the working pressure required in Tons to punch a 4” diameter hole on a 1/4” thick steel plate.
a) 60 b) 70 c) 75 d) 80
Answer: d = 80
key

Solution.

Using derived formula from Machinery’s Handbook.

P = dt x 80 = 4(1/4)(80) = 80 Tons

97. Compute for the diameter (in inches) of a SAE 1030 steel shaft to transmit 12 hp at 120 rpm with torsional
deflection below 0.08 degree/foot length as required.
a) 2 b) 2-5/8 c) 2-1/4 d) 2-3/8

98. The capsule orbits of the earth 180 km above the surface, in what velocity in m/s necessary for the circular
orbit consider the earth radius 8400-km and at 9.2 m/s 2?
a) 8864 b) 7016 c) 7780 d) 8058

99. An elevator weighing 2000 lbs is moving vertically upward with an acceleration of 3 ft/sec 2. A man standing
in said elevator weighs 180 lbs. Compute the tension, in lbs, in the supporting cable under this condition.
a) 2180 b) 2191 c) 1820 d) 2383

100. A small countershaft ia 1-1/2 inch in diameter and has an allowable stress of 8500 psi, Find the
horsepower delivered by the shaft at a speed of 15.7 rad/sec.
a) 7.200 b) 1.4 c) 13.31 d) 14.72
 CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE
PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN

MACHINE DESIGN AND SHOP PRACTICE PROBLEMS

ELEMENTS (with answers and solutions)

1. Is largely used for low strength applications such as elevator ropes not used for hoisting and for stationary guy ropes
a) Steel rope
b) Cast steel rope
c) Nylon rope iron wire rope
d) Manila rope
2. In which screw thread the side = width of flat = width of space = 0.5p
a) Knuckle
b) Square
c) Buttress
d) Acme
3. A stud is which
a) Have threads in one end
b) Inserted in a pane hole
c) Require a nut
d) None of the above
4. ’18-8’ stainless steel means
a) 18% tungsten and 8% chromium
b) 18% nickel and 8% chromium
c) 18% chromium and 8% nickel
d) 18% chromium and 8% cobalt
5. Concentricity of an outside diameter can be checked by
a) Vernier caliper
b) Dial test indicator
c) Outside micrometer
d) Tube micrometer
6. Which micrometer has no anvil
a) Outside micrometer
b) Screw thread micrometer
c) Depth micrometer
d) Digit micrometer
7. The commonly used joint in cast iron pipe
a) Bell and spigot joint
b) Compression joint
c) Expansion joint
d) None of these
8. In compression, a prism of brittle material will break
a) Into a large number of pieces
b) By forming a bulge
c) By shearing along oblique plane
d) Ina direction along the direction load
9. Addition of lead and bismuth to aluminium results in
a) Improvement of casting characteristics
b) Improvement of corrosion resistance
c) One of the best known aged and precipitation hardening system
d) Improving machinability
10. Select the one that has the highest specific gravity
a) Brass
b) High carbon steel
c) Lead
d) Aluminium
11. Fixture clamps are generally made of
a) High carbon steel
b) High speed steel
c) Case hardened mild steel
d) Alloy steel
12. Successful designing of jigs and fixture depends upon
a) Clamping arrangement
b) Manufacturing conditions
c) Tool guiding elements
d) All of the above
13. When an external gear is meshed with an internal gear, the gears will rotate in
a) Same direction
b) Will not rotate
c) Opposite direction
d) None of the above
14. While soldering the flux is used because
a) It assists for quick melting and increasing the fluidity of solder
b) It saves the part from oxidation
c) It takes the molten metal on all surfaces
d) All of the above
15. A usual ratio of soluble oil and water used in coolant is

a) 1:10
b) 1:20
c) 10:1
d) 20:1
16. For a given rpm, if the diameter of a twist drill increases the cutting speed will
a) Increase
b) Same
c) Decrease
d) None of the above
17. The limiting force of friction is equal to
a) The value of friction force that stops the movement of the body
b) The value of friction force that cannot exceeds under a given conditions
c) The friction force of when the body is just to move
d) The friction force acting on a body when it is in motion
18. If the only force acting on two bodies is their mutual interactions and if both bodies start from rest, the distance travelled by
each
a) Proportional to the masses of the bodies
b) Inversely proportional to the masses of the bodies
c) Inversely proportional to the square of the masses of the bodies
d) Directly proportional to the square of the masses of the bodies
19. In majority of machine members, the damping capacity of the material should be

a) Low
b) Zero
c) High
d) Could be anything
20. Slenderness ratio of a column is
a) Shaft diameter/shaft length
b) Column height/column cross section
c) Colum height/least dimension of column cross section
d) Length of structure/least radius of gyration
21. The rated life of bearing changes
a) Directly as load
b) Inversely as cube of load
c) Inversely as fourth power of load
d) Inversely as square of load
22. In a standard coarse thread bolt the stress concentration is maximum at
a) Root
b) Flank
c) All over the surface
d) Top surface
Main alloying elements in H.S.S. is
a) Chromium
b) Tungsten
c) Vanadium
d) Nickel
23. The value of one micron is
a) 1.00mm
b) 0.01mm
c) 0.10mm
d) 0.001mm
24. For the accurate measurement of bores, the best instrument is
a) Vernier caliper
b) Plug gauge
c) Dial test indicator
d) Inside micrometer
25. Under sine principle the length of the sine bar takes the place of
a) Opposite side
b) Hypotenuse
c) Adjacent side
d) Height
26. In a hydraulic driven shaper the metal is removed at
a) Higher speed
b) Average speed
c) Lower speed
d) None of the above
27. Poison’s ratio is principally used in
a) The determination of the capability of material for being shaped
b) The determination of the capability of material for plastic deformation without fracture
c) Stress-strain relationships where stresses are applied in more than one direction
 d) The determination of the modulus of toughness
28. When a metal is cold worked all of the following generally occur EXCEPT
a) Re-crystallization temperature decreases
b) Ductility decreases
c) Grains become equi-axed
d) Tensile strength increases
29. internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground in
a) Plain cylindrical grinding machine
b) Universal cylindrical grinding machine
c) Internal grinding machine
d) Centreless grinding machine
30. The ability of the material to withstand shock load is known as
a) Rupture
b) Stiffness
c) Creep
d) Toughness
31. In the design of the pressure vessel at atmospheric outside condition, the occurrence of the maximum hoop stress is at the
a) Centre
b) Outside surface
c) Inside surface
d) Traverse side
32. The alloy of copper, tin, and phosphorus is known as
a) Babbit
b) Bronze
c) Brass
d) Lead
33. The amount of which the width of a tooth space exceeds the thickness of engaging
a) Tooth space
b) Circular pitch
c) Backlash
d) flank
34. As a rule of thumb the depth of the foundation could be about 3.2 to ________times the engine stroke.
a) 4.20
b) 4.00
c) 3.0
d) 3.80a
35. The application of the electrical current to line corrosion circuit to counter the corrosion reaction is called
a) Cathodic protection
b) Chemical corrosion process
c) Sacrificial anodes method
d) Galvanic action
36. Treatment process that produces a residual compressive stress at the surface (which occupy more volume) and residual tension
on the inside that results in considerable increase in fatigue strength for members on torsion/bending.
a) Heavy oil quenching
b) Partial quenching
c) Quenching
d) Shallow quenching
37.

The flux that should be provided in soldering electrical connection or commutator wires as it tends to corrode the connections
a) Sal ammoniac
b) Stearin
c) Zinc chloride
d) Acid fluxes
38. The characteristic of tool steel to sustain shocks and major impacts is due to its
a) Toughness
b) Ductility
c) Stiffness
d) Machinability
39. Bevel gears subjected to corrosion and lightly loaded are usually made of _____________.
a) Bronze
b) Duralumin
c) Brass
d) All of these
40. It is a good design practice for steel lineshaping to consider a limit to the linear deflection of _____inch/ft. length maximum
a) 0.050
b) 0.010
c) 0.020
d) 0.060
41. The five principal parts of the shaper are, the table, tool slide, base, ram and _________.
a) Column
b) Drive motor
c) Vise
d) Apron
42. In designing gears for power transmission consider an efficiency of ____as recommended
a) 96%
b) 85%
c) 89%
d) 98%
43. Progressive change in position of a body is called
a) Acceleration
b) Motion
c) Momentum
d) Force
44. Could be defined as simply push and pull
a) Power
b) Work
c) Inertia
d) Force
45. The stress that causes the material to shorten
a) Tensile
b) Compressive
c) Torsion
d) None of the above
46. A liquid meal at room temperature
a) Cooper
b) Mercury
c) Silver
d) Tungsten
47. First ever metal found and utilized metal is
a) Copper
b) Mercury
c) Silver
d) Tungsten
48. Steel with SAE specification 13XX
a) Magnesium
b) Coal
c) Manganese
d) Stainless
49. Commonly used in parallel shaft transmission especially when a smooth, continuous action is essential as in high speed drives
up to 12,000 fpm
a) Bevel gear
b) Spur gear
c) Herring bone gear
d) Helical gear
50. Type of bevel gear with variable angle of contact and slope
a) Cycloid
b) Helical
c) Hypoid
d) Angled
51. ____________ indicates how many times a volume of material is heavier than an equal volume of water
a) Specific gravity
b) Specific weight
c) Specific volume
d) Specific density
52. An act of cutting out a piece of material at a desired shape and size
a) Broaching
b) Slitting
c) Blanking
d) Dinking
53. The soldering material commonly applied for automobile radiator cores and roofing seams
a) 15/85%
b) 50/50%
c) 45/55%
d) 20/80%
54. A carbon content in a range of _________ in steel readily responds to heat treatment
a) 0.35 to 40%
b) 0.18 to 0.25%
c) 0.28 to 0.30
d) 0.12 to .015%
55. The amount by which the dedendum in a given gear, gear/pinion exceeds the addendum of its mating pinion/gear. Also the
radial distance between the top of a tooth and the bottom of the mating tooth space
a) Tip relief
b) Clearance
c) Top land
d) Space
56. Axially located rectangular groove in a hub and shaft
a) Keyseat
b) Flute
c) Collar pin set
d) Setscrew point
57. A major component of cast steel
a) Silicon
b) Iron
c) Manganese
d) Chromium
58. In a cutting tool the cutting end can also be generally called ____________
a) End cutting edge
b) Back rake
c) Nose
d) Side rake
59. From experience specify the conventional limit of flywheel operations to be at 6000 ft./min. for cast iron and _________
ft./min/ for cast steel
a) 7000
b) 8000
c) 10000
d) 12000
60. Basic size is the same as design size if there is no ________
a) Allowance
b) Tolerance
c) Clearance
d) Resilience
61. What factors can modify the recommended cutting speed of known work piece?
a) Rough cutting of work piece
b) Used correct shaped cutting tools
c) Modify the shape of the cutting tools
d) Depth of cut
62. Forces that meet at a common point are called
a) Aligned
b) Coplanar
c) Concurrent
d) Non-concurrent
63. The material of the radiator is usually made of ________________
a) Yellow brass
b) Admiralty brass
c) Silicon brass
d) Navy brass
64. What type of leather belting should be used at an ambient temperature above 140 0F and possible acid coming in contact with the
belt?
a) Mineral tanned
b) Oak tanned
c) Combination of Oak
d) None of these
65. A machine shop equipment that can flatten horizontally, vertically, or angular plane.
a) Shaper machine
b) Welding machine
c) Drill machine
d) Power saw
66. Gate and risers are terms used in
a) Dinking
b) Packing
c) Moulding
d) Foundry
67. ______________ does not affect the tensile strength of steel
a) Sulphur
b) Phosphorous
c) Cobalt
d) Boron
68. Acceleration is proportional to the force
a) Pascal’s law
b) Law of forces
c) Bernoulli’s law
d) Newton’s law
69. Which of the following is an unsafe condition in operating a lathe machine?
a) Wearing denim pants/safety shoes
b) Operating with safety gloves
c) Wearing a canvass apron
d) Wearing safety goggles/hearing aid
70. Tap not used for cutting thread ___________
a) Tapping tap
b) Plugging tap
c) Bottoming tap
d) Taper tap
71. It is called as the transformation of concepts and ideas into useful machinery. What is this?
a) Design b) Synthesis c) Analysis d) Theorem
72. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that transforms, transmits, or uses energy,
load, or motion for a specific purpose. How do you call this?
a) Mechanism b) Engine c) Machine d) Linkage
73. It is defined as synergistic collection of machine elements; synergistic because as a design it represents an
idea or concept greater than the sum of the individual pats. What is this system?
a) System of mechanisms b) Mechanical system c) Design system d) Expert system
74. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a solid and as the result of stress. How do
you call this?
a) Deformation b) Elongation c) Strain d) Stress
75. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that produces maximum principal normal
stress or minimum principal normal stress, with a third principal stress between or equivalent to the
extremes?
a) Principal shear stress b) Principal normal stress
c) Maximum shear stress d) Bending and shear stresses
76. How do you call a load that is applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member?
a) Combined loads b) Concentrated load c) Bending load d) Distributed load
77. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture?
a) Toughness b) Rigidity c) Resilience d) Stiffness
78. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a failure prediction theory?
a) von Mises criterion b) Tresca yield criterion
c) Coulomb-Mohr theory d) Modified Mohr theory
79. It is a failure prediction theory, which states that a part subjected to any combination of loads will fail (by
yielding or fracturing) whenever the maximum shear stress exceeds a critical value. How do you call this
failure prediction theory?
a) Distortion-energy theory b) Maximum-shear-stress theory
c) Internal friction theory d) Modified Mohr theory
80. This is a theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that damage at any stress level, is proportional
to number of cycles. What is this theory commonly called?
a) Miner’s Rule b) Paris Power Law
c) Goodman Rule d) Manson-Coffin Relationship
81. This is a lubrication where the load-carrying surfaces of the bearing are separated by a relatively thick film
of lubricant, so as to prevent metal-to-metal contact; and where the stability of the film can be explained
by the laws of fluid mechanics. How do you call this type of lubrication?
a) Hydrostatic lubrication b) Hydrodynamic lubrication
c) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication d) Boundary lubrication
82. How do call the speed at which a rotating shaft becomes dynamically unstable?
a) Normal speed b) Variable speed c) Critical speed d) Average speed
83. How do you call a ball bearing with race containing pronounced groove for rolling elements?
a) Crown bearing b) Conrad bearing
c) Angular-contact bearing d) Cylindrical bearing
84. This is a machining process for producing internal straight cylindrical surface or profiles, with process
characteristics and tooling similar to those for turning operations. What is this machining process?
a) Boring b) Drilling c) Reaming d) Milling
85. What is a set of specification for parts, materials, or processes intended to achieve uniformity, efficiency,
and a specified quality?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem
86. This is a set of specifications for the analysis, design, manufacture, and construction of something; the purpose of which is to
achieve a specified degree of safety, efficiency, and performance or quality. How do you call this set of specifications?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem
87. How do call the size to which limits or deviations is assigned and is the same for both members of the fit; it is the exact
theoretical size?
a) Nominal size b) Basic size c) Maximum size d) Minimum size
88. What is the algebraic difference between a size and the corresponding basic size?
a) Tolerance b) Allowance c) Deviation d) Limit
89. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a) Allowance b) Tolerance c) Deviation d) Basic size
90. This is used either for very accurate angular measurements or for locating work at a given angle; is used together with precision
gage blocks. What is this?
a) Protractor b) Compound rest c) Sine bar d) Micrometer
a) If the weight of the 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 shafting is 174.5 kg, then what will be the weight
ofchromium SAE 1418 of same size?
a) 338.8 lbs. b) 384.8 lbs. c) 174.5 lbs. d) 348.8 lbs.

Wt=174.5( 2.205)=384.77lb

b) Find the power in watts transmitted by main power transmitting shaft with diameter of 55 mm and
speed of200 rpm.
a) 25,370 b) 18,926 c) 19,826 d) 2,537

55 3
𝐷3 𝑁 (
25.4
) (200)
P= = = 25.38 𝐻𝑃 𝑥 745.7 𝑊 = 18926 𝑊
80 80

c) Find the tooth thickness of a gear with a diametral pitch of 4.

a) 0.3295” b) 0.3925” c) 0.3395” d) 0.3955”

1.570 1.570
Tooth thickness = = = 0.3925 "
𝑃𝑑 4
d) Find the polar moment of enertia (in in.4) of a square 3-1/2” by 3-1/2”.
a) 12.5 b) 18.75 c) 25 d) 37.5
Answer: c = 25

e) Find the working pressure required in Tons to punch a 4” diameter hole on a 1/4” thick steel
plate.a) 60 b) 70 c) 75 d)
80 Answer: d = 80

1
P = 80𝑑𝑡 = 80(4) ( ) = 80 Ton
4
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

f) Compute for the diameter (in inches) of a SAE 1030 steel shaft to transmit 12 hp at 120 rpm with
torsionaldeflection below 0.08 degree/foot length as required.
a) 2 b) 2-5/8 c) 2-1/4 d) 2-3/8

g) The capsule orbits of the earth 180 km above the surface, in what velocity in m/s necessary for the
circularorbit consider the earth radius 8400-km and at 9.2 m/s2?
a) 8864 b) 7016 c) 7780 d) 8058

h) An elevator weighing 2000 lbs is moving vertically upward with an acceleration of 3 ft/sec2. A man
standingin said elevator weighs 180 lbs. Compute the tension, in lbs, in the supporting cable under
this condition.
a) 2180 b) 2191 c) 1820 d) 2383

i) A small countershaft ia 1-1/2 inch in diameter and has an allowable stress of 8500 psi, Find
thehorsepower delivered by the shaft at a speed of 15.7 rad/sec.
a) 7.200 b) 1.4 c) 13.31 d) 14.72

Compute for the load in KN on a 3 cm diameter, 100 cm long steel rod if its maximum elongation exceed 0.12 cm.

b) 196 c) 148 d) 287

a) 176

8
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN

MACHINE DESIGN AND SHOP PRACTICE PROBLEMS

ELEMENTS (with answers and solutions)

1. ordinary steels at high temperature, have only one constituent, which is iron holding carbon in solid solution

a) austenite
b) ferrite
c) pearlite
d) cementite

2. which of the following is used to clean the gauge block before and after use

a) brush
b) chamois leather or linen cloth
c) cotton waste
d) none of the above

3. one of the causes of grinding wheel glazing

a) grain size is too fine

b) wheel speed is too fast
c) wheel is hard
d) A and B both

4. Which kind of bond is commonly used

a) Vitrified
b) Shellac
c) Rubber
d) None of the above

5. Which bond is suitable for wet grinding

A. Rubber
B. Shellac
C. Silicate
D. None of the above

6. A grinding wheel which has got the marking ‘C’ is made with the abrasive

A. Aluminium oxide
B. Silicon carbide
C. Combination of A and B
D. Corundum

7. As per Indian standard, the grain size 46 comes under the group

A. Coarse grain
B. Fine grain
C. Medium grain
D. Very fine grain

8. As per Indian standard ‘M’ grade wheel under the group

A. Soft
B. Hard
C. Medium
D. None of the above

9
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

9. A grinding wheel is marked as 15A 46L 5V23, out of these 5 means

A. Kind of abrasive
B. Structure
C. Kind of bond
D. Grain size

10. Balancing of grinding wheel is done to

A. Make the outside diameter concentric with the bore

B. Make the sides of wheel parallel
C. Equalize the weight in every portion of the wheel
D. None of the above

11. Grinding fluids are used to

A. Reduce the friction between the wheel face and the job
B. Wash away ships
C. Prevent loading of wheel
D. All of the above

12. Taps are resharpened by grinding

A. Flute
B. Diameter
C. Threads
D. Relief

13. The radial distance between the bottomland and the pitch circle is

A. Clearance
B. Deddendum
C. Addendum
D. Working depth

14. A mechanical element connected directly to the prime mover is

A. Axle
B. Spindle
C. Line shaft
D. Transmission shaft

15. A spur gear with infinite radius is also known as

A. Herringbone gear
B. Helical gear
C. Rack gear
D. Bevel gear

16. In bolt design, the maximum load a bolt can withstand is

A. Ultimate load
B. Resultant bolt load
C. Permissible bolt load
D. Proof load

17. A fixed shaft with a rotating pulley is known as

A. Cantilever beam
B. Axle shaft
C. Line shaft
D. Transmission shaft

18. An engineering material which contains a mixture of pure iron and 1 to 3% slag is known as

A. Stainless steel
B. Killed steel
C. Wrought iron
D. Pig iron
10
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

19. The ratio of the number of teeth to the pitch diameter is

A. Circular pitch
B. Mechanical advantage
C. Diametral pitch
D. Lewi’s form factor

20. In mechanical failure, the separation that takes place along cleavage is

A. Brittle fracture
B. Pitting
C. Galling
D. Flaking

21. The property of material which exhibits different property values know as

A. Isotropy
B. Anisotropy
C. Multitropy
D. Heterogeneous

22. A non-metal considered as undesirable impurity in steel is

A. Lead
B. Sulphur
C. Phosphorus
D. Cyanide

23. And alloying element which improves the tensile strength of steel and makes it harder

A. Vanadium
B. Carbon
C. Cobalt
D. Chromium

24. An alloying element which reduces deformation of configuration and sulfuris brittleness

A. Molybdenum
B. Manganese
C. Nickel
D. Chromium

25. A tapered square key known as

A. Gid head
B. Woodruff
C. Kennedy
D. Barth

26. The process of welding two dissimilar metals is known as

A. Friction welding
B. Flash welding
C. Oxyacetylene welding
D. Cold welding

27. The outbreak of fire can be avoided by preventing

A. Fuel
B. Oxygen
C. Heat
D. Any of the above

11
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

28. The square head of the combination set is used for making or checking the angles

A. 90 deg only
B. 90 and 45 deg
C. 45 deg only
D. Any angle between 0-180 deg

29. The effect of alloying zinc to copper is

A. To increase the hardness

B. To impart free-machining properties
C. To hardness and strength
D. To increase strength and ductility

30. Unlike materials or materials of different thickness can be butt welded by

A. Control of pressure and current

B. Adjusting the duration of current
C. Adjust initial gap
D. All of the above

31. The purpose of inoculation is

A. The clean the casting

B. To change the chemical composition of a cast metal
C. To decrease melting temperature of a cast metal
D. To modify structure and properties of cast metal

32. Spiral bevel and hyoid gears should, in general, be mounted on anti-friction bearing in an/a_______case

A. Water tight
B. Oil tight
C. Soluble tight
D. Rubber tight

33. This is defined as the cutting time to reach a predetermined wear, called the tool wear criterion.
a) Wear duration b) Cycle time c) Tool life d) Life cycle

34. Which of the following G-codes refers to rapid traverse in CNC machining?
a) G00 b) G01 c) G02 d) G03

35. An acronym in CNC machining which means access of the machine operator to insert machining instructions directly into
the NC machine control system via push buttons, pressure pads, knobs, or other arrangements.
a) FMS b) FMC c) CIM d) MDI

36. The variable polarity plasma arc (VPPA) process was developed for welding metals that form an oxide skin, such as
___________.
a) Steel b) Copper c) Cast iron d) Aluminum

37. Which of the following statements is NOT true?

a) The terms “polishing” and “buffing” are sometimes applied to similar classes of work in different plants.
b) Polishing is any operation performed with wheels having abrasive glued to the working surfaces
c) Buffing is done with wheels having the abrasive applied loosely
d) Polishing is not so harsh an operation as buffing, and it is commonly utilized to obtain very fine surfaces having a
“grainless finish.”

38. If the steel is strongly deoxidized by the addition of deoxidizing elements, no gas is evolved, and the steel is technically
called _______because it lies quietly in the molds.
a) Quenched b) Annealed c) Killed d) Tempered

39. Stainless steels generally contain at least __ per cent chromium, with or without other elements.
a) 18 b) 16 c) 12 d) 10
12
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

40. What grades of stainless steels are nonmagnetic in the annealed condition, although some may become slightly magnetic
after cold working?
a) Ferritic grades b) Austenitic grades c) Martensitic grades d) Any of these

41. These steels (SAE Steels 1006, 1008, 1010, 1015) are the lowest carbon steels of the plain carbon type, and are selected
where ________ is the primary requisite of the user.
a) Strength b) Cold formability c) Ductility d) Durability

42. Steel is heated to a temperature above the critical range, after which it is cooled in still air to produce a generally fine
pearlite structure. The purpose is to promote uniformity of structure and properties after a hot-working operation such as
forging or extrusion. What was the heat treatment involved?
a) Annealing b) Normalizing c) Tempering d) Stress relieving

43. At certain speeds called the critical speeds, a rotating shaft will become dynamically unstable and the resulting vibrations
and deflections can result in damage not only to the shaft but to the machine of which it is a part. At what percentage of the
critical speed should a shaft be safely operated?
a) Plus or minus 20% b) Plus or minus 5 % c) Plus or minus 10 % d) Any of these

44. This is the most widely used of all spring materials for small springs operating at temperatures up to about 250 degrees F.
It is tough, has a high tensile strength, and can withstand high stresses under repeated loading.
a) Music wire b) Hard drawn spring wire
c) Oil tempered spring wire d) Stainless steel spring wire

45. It is an acronym in machining. This process uses an electrode to remove metal from a workpiece by generating electric
sparks between conducting surfaces.
a) MIG b) GMAW c) EDM d) CNC

46. In die casting accurate parts made of steel, what shrinkage allowance in inches per inch is recommended?
a) 0.011 b) 0.022 c) 0.033 d) 0.044

47. This are gears used to connect shafts that are non-intersecting and non-parallel. They are a cross between spriral bevel
gears and worm gears.
a) Helical gears b) Hypoid gears c) Planetary gears d) Bevel gears

48. This is a type of seal used where some form of relative motion occurs between rigid parts of an assembly.
a) Gasket b) Distorted seal c) Vibratory seal d) Dynamic seal

49. It is a lubrication for roller chains wherein the lubricant is supplied by a circulating pump capable of supplying the chain
drive with a continuous flow of oil inside the chain loop evenly across the chain width and directly at the slack strand.
a) Oil stream lubrication b) Bath lubrication
c) Drip lubrication d) Recirculated lubrication

50. In manufacturing, this is the operation of cutting out flat area to some desired shape and is usually the first step in a series
of operation.
a) Turning b) Facing c) Blanking d) Finishing

51. An M-code which generally refers to start spindle rotation in a clockwise direction.
a) M03 b) M04 c) M05 d) M06

52. A final operation to improve the polish of a metal and to bring out the maximum luster
a) Finishing b) Surface grinding c) Broaching d) Buffing

53. Machining operations with the proper application of a cutting fluid generally has the following attributes except:
a) Higher cutting speeds b) Higher feed rates
c) Lengthened tool life d) Higher cutting accuracy

54. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique
combination of wide ranging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a) Tungsten b) Titanium c) Vanadium d) Molybdenum

55. Which of the following is the lightest of all structural metals?

a) Aluminum b) Copper c) Magnesium d) Manganese

13
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

56. This process reduces internal stresses, caused by machining, cold working, or welding, by heating the steel to a
temperature below the critical range and holding it there long enough to equalize the temperature throughout the piece.
a) Annealing b) Normalizing c) Tempering d) Stress Relieving

57. A free-cutting steel has a higher ______ content than comparable carbon steels.
a) Sulfur b) Cobalt c) Nickel d) Chromium

58. This property designates the steels resistance to the softening effect of elevated temperature.
a) Hot hardness b) Machinability c) Toughness d) Elasticity

59. Use of hard solders, silver solders and smelter solders which have silver, copper, or nickel bases and have melting points
above 800 degrees F is known as_______
a) Soldering b) Welding c) Brazing d) Any of these

60. In braking, the term backstop refers to a brake that is:

a) Self locking in one direction b) Self energizing
c) Self locking in both directions d) Any of these

61. How do you call a fixed crane consisting of a supported vertical member from which extends a horizontal swinging arm
carrying a trolley hoist or other hoisting mechanism?
a) Jib crane b) Gantry crane c) Overhead crane d) Tower crane

62. This iron is also known as a ductile cast iron. How do you call this iron?
a) Malleable iron b) Nodular cast iron c) White cast iron d) Gray cast iron

63. It is the ability to deform plastically to compensate for irregularities in bearing assembly. How do you call this?
a) Plasticity b) Conformability c) Embeddability d) Elasticity

64. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique
combination of wide ranging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a) Titanium b) Tungsten c) Vanadium d) Molybdenum

65. Newton’s law of motion that describes that if a force acts to change the state of motion of the body, the body offers a
resistance equal and directly opposite to the force.
a) Second law b) Third law c) First law d) Universal gravitation

66. These are steels most widely used of engineering materials. No other material offers comparable versatility for product
design.
a) Wrought steels b) Low carbon steels c) Medium carbon steels d) Tool steels

67. Which of the following steels does not readily respond to heat treatment?
a) SAE 1045 b) AISI 6150 c) SAE 1020 d) SAE 1095

68. What is an element added to steel to improve its machinability?

a) Carbon b) Sulfur c) Cobalt d) Chromium

69. Which of the following information is FALSE regarding steel that has increased carbon content?
a) Its strength is increased b) Its BHN becomes greater
c) Its ductility is improved d) Its % reduction or elongation is reduced

70. In manufacturing, what is the operation of cutting out flat area to some desired shape and is usually the first step in a series
of operation?
a) Turning b) Blanking c) Facing d) Finishing

71. This is a metal joining process which uses a non-ferrous filler metal with a melting point below that of the base metals but
above 800F. How do you call this process?
a) Brazing b) Arc welding c) Soldering d) Riveting

72. Rivet holes are made usually ____ inch larger in diameter than the nominal diameter of the rivet.
a) 1/8 b) 1/16 c) ¼ d) 1/32

73. Which of the following equations/formulas does not belong to the group?
a) Lame’s equation b) Euler’s formula c) J. B. Johnson’s equation d) Secant formula

14
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

74. In CNC programming, which of the following G code commands is for dwell or rest?
a) G01 b) G04 c) G03 d) G02

75. In CNC programming, which of the following M code commands is for a tool change?
a) M06 b) M04 c) M03 d) M10

76. Which of the following is a material description referring to unique properties in three mutually perpendicular planes?
a) Isotropy b) Anisotropy c) Orthotropy d) Isometry

77. The true stress-strain curve in a stress-stress diagram appears to be:

a) Lower than the engineering stress-strain curve
b) Higher than the engineering stress-strain curve
c) The same as the engineering stress strain curve
d) Symmetrical with the engineering stress-strain curve
78. This is a hardening treatment for steels having low carbon content.
a) Tempering b) Case hardening c) Normalizing d) Anodizing

79. What is a manufacturing process used for the production of aluminum?

a) Forging b) Extrusion c) Blow molding d) Injection molding

80. This refers to a loss of material from the interface of two metal surfaces that are in intimate contact. How do you call this?
a) Interfacing b) Interference c) Wear d) Fretting corrosion

81. This is a type of fit that requires heating the hub to expand its inside diameter. What do you call this type of fit?
a) Expansion fit b) Force fit c) Shrink fit d) Any of these

82. AFBMA is an acronym for an association involved in what machine elements?

a) Ball and roller bearings b) Journal bearings
c) Flat belts and other belt types d) Any type of gears
83. What is the general description for mild steel?

a) Medium carbon steel b) Low carbon steel c) High carbon steel d) Cold rolled steel

84. Von Mises theory is the other term used for

a) Maximum principal stress theory b) Octahedral shear-stress theory
c) Maximum shear-stress theory d) Energy distortion theory

85. A type of key in which width and thickness are equal is called as:
a) Flat key b) Square key c) Pin key d) Barth key

86. In the design of key, the typical hub lengths are in accordance with the following relation where D is shaft diameter.
a) 1.25D to 2.4D b) 0.5D to 1.25D c) 2.4D to 3.5D d) Depends on shaft diameter

87. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather, fabric and/or
plastic material into two flanges.
a) Flexible disk coupling b) Flexible toroidal spring coupling
c) Flexible Oldham coupling d) Elastic material bonded coupling

88. It is a machine member that supports another part that rotates, slides, or oscillates in or on it.
a) Pulley b) Key c) Bearing d) Shaft

89. It is a bearing that permits constrained relative motion of rigid parts; lubricant is generally inserted or supplied between the
mating surfaces to reduce friction and wear, and to carry away the heat generated.
a) Sliding Contact Bearing b) Rolling Contact Bearing
c) Thrust Bearing d) Journal Bearing

90. These are surfaces that do not conform to each other very well as in the rolling-element bearings.
a) Conformal surfaces b) Non-conformal surfaces
c) Sliding surfaces d) Rolling surfaces

91. The study of lubrication, friction, and wear of moving or stationary parts is known as:
a) Lubrication b) Tribology c) Hydrodynamics d) Hydrostatics

92. A bearing where surfaces are non-conformed and motion is primarily rolling; it composed of rolling elements interposed
between an outer ring and inner ring.
a) Sliding-element bearing b) Rolling-element bearing
c) Conformal surfaces bearing d) Non-conformal surfaces bearing

93. In a straight bevel gear, how do you call the angle between an element on the pitch cone and an element on the face cone?
a) Face angle b) Pitch angle c) Addendum angle d) Dedendum angle
15
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

94. It is a Grashof four-bar mechanism in which the shortest link is the frame or fixed link and the other two cranks completely
rotate with their axes. How do you call this Grashof four-bar mechanism?
a) Drag-link mechanism b) Crank-rocker mechanism
c) Double-rocker mechanism d) Triple-rocker mechanism
95. “For a planar four-bar linkage, the sum of the shortest and longest lengths cannot be greater than the sum of the remaining
two link lengths if there is to be a continuous relative rotation between two members.” How do you call the preceding
statement?
a) Grubler’s Law b) Coriolli’s Law c) Grashof’s Law d) Freudentein’s Law

96. Which of the following is not true for an instant center or centro of planar linkages?
a) Centro is a point common to two bodies having the same velocity in each.
b) Centro is a point in one body about which another body does not rotate.
c) Centro is a point in one body about which another body actually turns.
d) Centro is a point in one body about which another body tends to turn.

97. This is the most common work holding device of a shaper machine with the base graduated in degrees
that make it possible to swivel any angle. What is this working device?
a) Shaper vise b) Parallel bars and hold down bars c) Lathe holder d) Swivel head

98. This is a shaper operation, which is shaping the given stock and having the excess material remain
with a tolerable allowance for finishing. How do you call this operation?
a) Roughing b) Finishing c) Angular cutting d) Contouring

99. How do you call a cutting tool that has two or more cutting edges as in drill presses and milling
machine cutters?
a) Grinder b) Single-point cutting tool
c) Multi-point cutting tool d) Two point cutting tool

100. This is the trade name for a patented alloy made up chiefly of cobalt, chromium, and tungsten in
varying proportions. What is this trade name?
a) Stellite b) Carboloy c) Stainless steel d) Copper

CAGAYAN DE ORO COLLEGE

PHINMA Education Network
Carmen, Cagayan de Oro City
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
MACHINE DESIGN
MULTIPLE CHOICE :

1. The blow off pressure of a safety valve is

a. Slightly more than atmospheric pressure c. Equal to the boiler working pressure
b. Half of the boiler working pressure d. 106 % of boiler working pressure

2. The crest diameter of a screw thread is same as

a. Major diameter c. root diameter
b. Pitch diameter d. minor diameter

3. Steel balls for ball bearings are manufactured by

a. Turning c. casting
b. Rolling d. cold heading

4. In case of sunk key

a. The keyway is cut in both shaft and hub c. The keyway is cut inn hub only
b. The keyway is cut in shaft only d. The keyway is helical along the shaft

5. Splined shafts are generally for

a. Machine tools c. bicycles
b. Aircraft d. automobiles

6. A flange coupling is
a. Used for non-collinear shafts c. Flexible
b. Used for collinear shafts d. Used only on small shafts rotating at slow speeds

7. In flange coupling, the weakest element should be

a. Flange b. shaft c. bolts d. key
16
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

8. The diameter of the washer is generally

a. Equal to the diameter of the bolt c. Slightly less than the diameter of the bolt
b. Slightly more than the diameter of the bolt d. Of any size that suits the application

9. In hydrodynamic bearings
a. The oil film pressure is generated only by the rotation of the journal
b. The oil film is maintained by supplying oil under pressure
c. Do not need external supply of lubricant
d. Grease is used for lubrication
10. If P = bearing pressure on projected bearing are, Z = absolute viscosity of the lubricant and N = speed of the journal,
then the bearing characteristic number is
a. ZN / P b. Z / PN c. ZP / N d. P / ZN

11. The rated life of a bearing changes

a. Directly as load c. inversely as cube of load
b. Inversely as fourth power of load d. inversely as square of load

12. Cold working of materials

a. Increases the fatigue strength c. Does not change the fatigue strength
b. Decreases the fatigue strength d. None of these
13. As pumped speed increases, its Net Positive Suction Head ( NPSH ) requirements
a. Increases b. remains the same c. decreases d. none of these

14. If pumped NPSH requirement are not satisfied

a. It will not develop head c. it will consume excessive power
b. Efficiency will be low d. it will be cavitated

15. Which type of chain is used in motorcycle ?

a. Pintle b. silent c. bush roller d. none of these

16. Which of the following ropes will be most flexible ?

a. 6 x 19 b. 6 x 7 c. 8 x 19 d. 6 x 37
17. Fatigue failure occurs when a part is subjected to
a. Compressive stress c. tension
b. Tensile stress d. fluctuating stress

18. The ability of a material to absorb energy when deformed elastically and to return it when unloaded is
a. Creep b. fatigue strength c. toughness d. resilience

19. Machining properties of steel can be improved by adding

a.sulphur, lead, phosphorous c. vanadium, aluminum
b. silicon, aluminum, titanium d. chromium, nickel

20. Cyaniding is the process of

a. dipping steel in cyanide bath
b. reacting steel surface with cyanide salts
c. adding carbon and nitrogen by heat treatment of steel to increase its surface hardness
d. obtaining cyanide salts

21.In powder metallurgy, the process of heating the cold pressed metal powder is called
a. granulation c. precipitation
b. deposition d. sintering

22. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a. Allowance b. Tolerance c. Deviation d. Basis size

23. How do you call a structural member designed to support loads perpendicular to its longitudinal axis?
a. Cantilever beam b. Beam c. Overhang beam d. Column

24. It is a load applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member. How do you call this load?
a. Bending load b. Combined load c. Distributed load d. Cyclic load

25. It is a design approach where no catastrophic loss can occur as a result of a component failure. What is this design
approach?
a. Fail-safe design approach b. Fault free analysis approach c. Manifest danger approach d.
Redundancy approach

26. It is the condition of a machine when it is completely inoperable, can not perform its intended function adequately, or is
unreliable for continued safe use. What do you call this condition?
a. Fail safe condition b. Failure condition c. Critical condition d. Salvage condition

27. How do you call a statistical data used to identify the most likely failure mode?
17
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

a. Finite element analysis b. Fault free analysis c. Falure anaylisis d. Random analysis
28. When the hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that
induces a stress gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result. How do you call this
phenomenon?
a. Thermal shock failure c. Honing
b. Thermal fatigue d. Quenching

29. What is the section modulus of a solid shaft with a diameter of 101.6mm?
a. 209.5cm³ b. 209.6cm⁴ c. 205.9cm³ d. 205.9cm⁴

Solution:

𝜋𝐷³
Polar Section, Zp =
16

π(10.16)³
Zp = = 205.926 cm³
16

30. With the water interruptions prevailing in your town, you have been asked to desighn an upright cylindrical water tank 6
meters in diameter and 6 meters high, vented, and to be filled completely with water. Determine the minimum thickness of the
tank plate if the stress is limited to 40 Mpa.
a. 3.3mm b. 4.4mm c. 5.5mm 8.8mm

Solution:

𝑃𝐷ᵢ 1000(9.81)(6)(6)
Ss= 2𝑡
40 000 = ( 2𝑡
)

t = 4.4 mm

31. A vise is equiped with a 1-inch single square thread, with 4 threads per inch. The frictional radius of the collar is 0.5 inch.
The coefficient of friction for both the collar and threads is 0.20. How much external torque must be applied to produce a force
of 200 lb against the jaws of the vise?
a. 39.73 in-lb b. 33.97 in-lb c. 45.93 in-lb d. 39.37 in-lb

Solution:

1 1 7
L = p (single thread) = = = 0.25 𝑖𝑛. Dm = Do-h = 1- 16 (0.25) = 0.78125 in
TPI 4
Dm
Torque to overcome thread friction, Tr = W( ) tan(θ + ∅)
2
𝐷𝑐
Torque to overcome collar friction, Tc = W( )𝑓𝑐
2
L 0.25
𝜃 = tanˉˡ πDm = tanˉˡ π(0.78125) = 5.816°
∅ = 𝑡𝑎𝑛ˉˡ𝑓 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛ˉˡ(0.20) = 11.38°, tan(𝜃 + ∅) = tan(5.816° + 11.38°) = 0.308
0.78125
Tr = 200( ) (0.308) = 2 ft. lb
2(12)
2(0.5)
Tc = 200( ) (0.20) = 1.667 ft. lb
2(12)
Total torque = Tr + Tc = 2+1.667 = 3.667 ft.lb = 44 in-lb.

32. A helical spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the Wahl factor of the
spring.
a. 1.148 b. 1.184 c. 1.418 d. 1.814

Solution:

𝐷𝑚 1
C=( ) = (⅛) = 8
𝑑

4𝐶−1 0.615 4(8)−1 0.615

K= + = (4(8)−4) + = 1.184
4𝐶−4 𝐶 8

33. Compute the tooth thickness of a 14.5° spur gear with diametral pitch of 5.
a. 0.23140 inch b. 0.31416 inch c. 0.43140 inch d. 0.03140 inch

Solution:

18
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

1.5708 1.5708
Tooth Thickness. T = =( ) = 𝟎. 𝟑𝟏𝟒𝟏𝟔 𝒊𝒏
𝑃𝑑 5

34. Compute the speed of the gear mounted on a 52.5mm diameter shaft receiving power from a driving motor with 250Hp.
a. 2 182rpm b. 2 071rpm c. 2 265rpm d. 2 341rpm

From PSME Code Drive shaft:

D³N
P=
80

80(250)
N= 52.5 3
= 𝟐 𝟐𝟔𝟓 rpm
( )
25.4

35. Compute the working strength of 1 inch bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint when the allowable working stress
is 13000 psi.
a. 3 600 lb b. 3 950 lb c. 3 900 lb d. 3 800 lb

Solution:

W = S(0.55d²-0.25d) = 13 000⌈0.55(1)2 − 0.25(1)⌉ = 𝟑 𝟗𝟎𝟎 𝐥𝐛.

36. Compute the nominal stress at the surface, in Mpa, for a 50 mm diameter shaft that is subjected to a torque of 0.48 kN-m.
a. 16.95 b. 21.65 c. 19.56 25.12

Solution:

16T 16(480x103)
Ss = =( ) = 𝟏𝟗. 𝟓𝟔 𝐌𝐏𝐚
πd3 π(50)3

37. A 20° straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. That two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a. 18.4° b.20° c.14.5° d. 20.5°

Solution:

𝑇𝑝 14
Pitch angle. 𝜃 = tanˉ̄ ˡ = tanˉ̄ ˡ ( ) = 18.4°
𝑇𝑔 42

38. A flywheel weighing 457 kg has a radius of 375 mm. How much energy, N-m, does the flywheel loss from 3 rps to 2.8 rps?
a. 368 b. 150 c. 1474 d. 38

Solution:
1
∈= 𝑚𝑘²(𝜔²₁ − 𝜔²ₒ)
2
1
∈= (457)(0.375)2 (32 − 2.82 ) = 𝟑𝟕. 𝟐𝟕𝟒 𝐧. 𝐦
2
39. What is the largest roller chain size that can be used for power transmission at a sprocket speed of 1000 rpm?
a. RC 35 b. RC 50 c. RC 80 d. RC 60

Solution:

Pmax = (900/1000)2/3 = 0.932 in. take P = ¾ in. pitch (RC60)

40. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet per minute, attained in 5 seconds starting from rest.
The rope has a metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in.². determine the maximum tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
a. 26.2 b. 25.0 c. 27.6 d. 32.4

Solution:
1000
(𝑉1−𝑉0) ( −0)
a= t = 605 = 3.33ft/sec²
   
3.33
FL = 10 000(1 + 32.2) = 11 034.16 lb

19
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

11 034.16
St = = 𝟐𝟕. 𝟔 𝐤𝐬𝐢
0.4

41. What length of square key is required for a 4-in. Diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp 1000 rpm? The allowable shear and
compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively.
a. 2.1 inches b. 2.8 inches c. 3.2 inches d. 4.2 inches

Solution:

63000(Hp) 63000(100) 𝐷
T= = = 63 000 in. lb, b= 4
n 1000
2T 2(63000)
L(base on Shear) =SsbD = 15000(1)(4) = 2.1 in.
4T 4(63000)
L(base on Compression) =SctD = 30000(1)(4) = 2.1 in.

42. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch if 0.2 inch. Find the number of thread per
inch.
a. 0.2 tpi b. 10 tpi c. 5 tpi d. 2.5 tpi

Solution:

1 1 𝐭𝐡𝐫𝐞𝐚𝐝
Thread per inch, TPI = pitch = 𝑖𝑛. =𝟓 𝐢𝐧𝐜𝐡
0.2
thread

43. A shearing machine requires 2,050 joules of energy to shear a steel plate and has a normal speed of 200 rpm, slowing down
to 180 rpm during the shearing stress. The flywheel of the machine has a mean diameter of 76 cm and weighs 7200 kg per
cubic meter. The width of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the flywheel accounts for 15% of its total weight, find the
thickness of the rim in cm.
a. 4.615 b. 5.615 c. 7.615 d. 8.615

Solution:

𝑊𝑓 200
∆𝐾𝐸 = 2𝑔
[𝑣₁ ² - 𝑣₂ ²] V₁ = πDmN₁ = π(0.76)( 60 ) = 7.9587 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐
180
V₂ = πDmN₂ = π(0.76)( ) = 7.163 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐
60
2(9.807)(2050)
Wf = ( ) = 3342.06 𝑁 = 340.67 kg
(7.9587)2 −(7.163)2
Wf = Wrim+Whub+Warm = Wrim + 0.15Wf
Wrim = 0.85(340.67kg) = 289.569kg
289.569 = π(0.76)(0.3)(t)(7 200)
t = 5.615cm

44. A 1 kw punching machine punches a 25 mm hole every 12 seconds. The flywheel of a punch has a mass moment of inertia
of 170 N-m-sec2 and rotates at a mean speed of 13 rpm. Determine the thickness in mm of the plate that can be punched if the
plate’s ultimate stress in shear is 380 MPa.
a. 20.357 b. 23.357 c. 28.357 d. 30.357

Solution:

1ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 12𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝐾𝑁.𝑚

P= 𝑥𝑊 W=( ) (1 ) = 12𝐾𝑁. 𝑚
12𝑠𝑒𝑐 ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑐

1 1 1
W = 𝐹𝑡 = 𝑆𝑢𝐴𝑡 = 𝑆𝑢(𝜋𝑑𝑡)(𝑡)
2 2 2

2𝑊 2(12)
t² = (𝑆𝑢𝜋𝑑) = ((380𝑥103 )(𝜋)(0.25)) = 8.0415𝑥10ˉ⁴𝑚²
t = 28.357 mm

45 A loaded carriage weighing 200 kg is moving at a velocity of 5 KPH. It was brought to rest by a bumper consisting of two
special steel spring ( spring index = 6 ). The springs are compressed by 20 cm. If the allowable stress is 600 MPa, determine
the mean diameter of the coils in mm.
a. 105.23 b. 106.23 c. 108.23 d. 101.23

Solution:

1 1 5(1000) 2
Et = 𝑚𝑉 2 = (2000) ( ) = 1 929𝑁. 𝑚 C=6
2 2 3600

20
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

𝐸𝑡 1 929 4𝐶−1 0.615 4(6)−1 0.615

Load per spring E =
2
=
2
= 964.506𝑁. 𝑚 k = 4𝐶−4 + = (4(6)−4) + = 1.2525
𝐶 6

1 2𝐸 2(964.506)
E = 𝐹𝑦 𝐹= =( ) = 9 645.06𝑁
2 𝑦 0.2

𝑘8𝐹𝐶
Ss = ( 2 )
𝜋𝑑

1.2525(8)(9645.06)(6) ½
d= ( ) = 17.539mm
𝜋(600)

𝜋𝑆𝑠𝑑³ 𝜋(600)(17.539)³
Dm = ( ) = (1.2525(8)(9645.06)) = 𝟏𝟎𝟓. 𝟐𝟑 𝒎𝒎
𝑘8𝐹)

46. A coiled compression spring of oil-tempered steel wire has seven active coils of 12 mm wire wound in a coil of 90 mm
outside diameter. The spring is used to produce axial pressure on a clutch. The free length is 200 mm. With the clutch engaged,
the length is 150 mm. Determine the stress in the wire. Use G = 80 GPa.
a. 341.663 MPa b. 441.633 MPa c. 361.633 MPa d. 461.663 MPa

Solution:

𝐷𝑚 90−12 4(6.5)−1 0.615

y = FL-OL = 200-150=50mm C=( )=( ) = 6.5 k = (4(6.5)−4) + = 1.2135
𝑑 12 6.5

8𝐹𝐶³𝑁𝑐 50(80𝑥103 )(12)

y=( ) F= ( ) = 3121.14𝑁
𝐺𝑑 8(6.5)³

𝑘8𝐹𝐷𝑚 1.231(8)(3121.14)(90−12)
Ss = ( ) =( ) = 441.633𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜋𝑑³ 𝜋(12)³

47 A helical compression spring has a scale of 80 KN per meter. The spring mean diameter is 8 times the wire diameter. The
spring carries a load of 3500 N and the permissible working shear stress is 434,250 KPa. Find the effective number of coils.
Use G = 74,442.86 MPa.
a. 3.16 b. 4.16 c. 5.16 d. 6.16

Solution:
8𝑑 4(8)−1 0.615
C=(
𝑑
) =8 k = (4(8)−4) + 8
= 1.184

𝑘8𝐹𝐷𝑚 𝑘8𝐹8𝑑 𝑘8𝐹8 1.184(8)(3500)(8)

Ss = ( ) =( ) = ( 𝜋𝑑² ) = ( )
𝜋𝑑³ 𝜋𝑑³ 𝜋𝑑²

1.184(8)(3500)(8) ½ 8𝐹𝐶³𝑁𝑐 74 442.86(13.94)

d=( ) =13.94mm y=( ) Nc = ( ) = 𝟑. 𝟏𝟔 𝑐𝑜𝑖𝑙𝑠
𝜋(434.25) 𝐺𝑑 8(80)(8)³

48. .A coiled squared and ground end compression spring of oil-tempered steel wire has seven active coils of 7/16 – inch wire
wound in a coil of 3.5-inch outside diameter. The spring is used to produce axial pressure on a clutch. The free length is 7.5
inches. With the clutch engaged, the length is 5and 5/8 inches. .Use G = 11,600,000 PSI. Calculate the spring constant.
a. 218.2 lb/in b. 264.2 lb/in c. 294.2 lb/ in d. 314.2 lb/in

Solution:

7 47
Sy = 47 d0.1 = ( )0.1 = 0.92066 Sy = ( ) = 51.0505𝑘𝑠𝑖 = 51 050.5𝑝𝑠𝑖
16 0.92066
d0.1

7 7
3.5− 𝑘8𝐹𝐷𝑚 𝜋𝑑³𝑆𝑠 𝜋( )³(51050.5)
16
C= 7
16
=7 k = 1.213 Ss = ( ) 𝐹 = (𝑘8𝐷𝑚) = ( 7 ) = 451.915𝑙𝑏
16
𝜋𝑑³ 1.213(8)(3.5−( )
16

8𝐹𝐶³𝑁𝑐 8(451.915)(7)³(7) 𝐹 451.915 𝑙𝑏

y=( ) =( 7 ) = 1.71 (𝑌) = ( ) = 𝟐𝟔𝟒. 𝟐𝟖 𝑖𝑛.
𝐺𝑑 (11.6𝑥106 )( ) 1.71
16

49. A ground coil spring is made of 8 effective coils with an outside diameter of 2.5 inches. The permissible stress is 50,000
PSI. Determine the maximum load that can be supported by the spring if the wire diameter is 7/16 inch.
a. 398.32 lb b. 498.32 lb c. 598.32 lb d. 698.32 lb

21
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Solution:

𝑘8𝐹𝐷𝑚 7 2.0625
Ss = ( ) Dm = 2.5 − 16 = 2.0625 𝐶= 7 = 4.71 k=1.33
𝜋𝑑³ ( )
16

1.33(8)(𝐹)(2.0625)
50 000 = ( 7 ) = 𝟓𝟗𝟖. 𝟑2𝑙𝑏
𝜋( )³
16

50. A squared end coil spring has 8.5 active coils of 10 mm steel wire diameter and an outside diameter of 90 mm. The pitch of
the spring is 30 mm. If the spring constant is 80 KN per meter, determine the stress at solid length in MPa.
a. 3280.35 b. 2830.35 c. 2380.35 d. 3820.35

Solution:

90−10
𝐶= 10
=8 k=1.184 FL= pNc+2d = 30(8.5)+2(10)=275mm
y’ = 275-105 = 170mm SL = dNc+2d = 10(8.5)+3(10)=105mm
80
F’ = ( 𝑚 ) (0.17𝑚) = 13 600𝑁

1.184(8)(13000)(90−10)
Ss’ = ( ) = 3280.35𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜋(10)³

22